From d46880cebb8ab163019ef5eae7bf27442fcdcf14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Grant_Ailie Date: Thu, 16 Sep 2021 20:04:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] removed leading zeros (#2064) removed leading zeros in the headers of the TN chapter intros Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2064 Co-authored-by: Grant_Ailie Co-committed-by: Grant_Ailie --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_05-DEU.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_06-JOS.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_07-JDG.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_08-RUT.tsv | 8 ++++---- en_tn_09-1SA.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_10-2SA.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_11-1KI.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_12-2KI.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_13-1CH.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_14-2CH.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_16-NEH.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_17-EST.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_18-JOB.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_19-PSA.tsv | 38 +++++++++++++++++++------------------- en_tn_20-PRO.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_21-ECC.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_22-SNG.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- en_tn_23-ISA.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_24-JER.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_25-LAM.tsv | 10 +++++----- en_tn_26-EZK.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_27-DAN.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_28-HOS.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_29-JOL.tsv | 6 +++--- en_tn_30-AMO.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_32-JON.tsv | 8 ++++---- en_tn_33-MIC.tsv | 14 +++++++------- en_tn_34-NAM.tsv | 6 +++--- en_tn_35-HAB.tsv | 6 +++--- en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv | 6 +++--- en_tn_37-HAG.tsv | 4 ++-- en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv | 18 +++++++++--------- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 8 ++++---- 35 files changed, 272 insertions(+), 272 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 2ce99d96c..2797c9119 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
- Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
- Grain offerings (2:1–16)
- Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
- Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
- Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
- Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
- Grain offerings (6:14-23)
- Sin offerings (6:24-30)
- Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
- Peace offerings (7:11–21)
- Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
- The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
- Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
- Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
- Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
- Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
- Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
- Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
- Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

### What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.

In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” -LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 1 1 j8us 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. LEV 1 2 yiq7 0 When any man from among you “When any one of you” or “When any of you” LEV 1 2 s38f figs-quotesinquotes 0 ‘When any man Here Yahweh begins speaking to Moses. The words that begin “from the tent of meeting, saying,” can be translated without the quotation within the quotation. “from the tent of meeting and told Moses to say this to the people of Israel: ‘When any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ LEV 1 16 zqs8 0 its crop with its contents A crop is a pouch in the bird’s t LEV 1 16 x63v 0 throw it beside the altar Here “it” refers to the crop and its contents. LEV 1 17 y4aw figs-metaphor 0 it will produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 1 17 y2p1 figs-activepassive 0 it will be an offering made to him by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” or “it will be a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yeast
Yeast is connected to the events of the Passover. Any prohibition of yeast may be connected to the original Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) +LEV 2 intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yeast
Yeast is connected to the events of the Passover. Any prohibition of yeast may be connected to the original Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) LEV 2 1 jj1g 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 2 1 tf2u 0 be fine flour “be the finest flour” or “be the best flour” LEV 2 1 xfm3 0 flour a powder made from wheat @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ LEV 2 14 m24e 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the p LEV 2 14 hq1w figs-activepassive 0 that is roasted with fire and then crushed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have cooked over a fire and then crushed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 2 16 dzz1 0 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). LEV 2 16 utz5 figs-activepassive 0 This is an offering made by fire to Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 3 intro ur1s 0 # Leviticus 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a fellowship offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fat
The fat of the animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, this belonged to Yahweh. This is why the Israelites were not allowed to consume it. +LEV 3 intro ur1s 0 # Leviticus 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a fellowship offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fat
The fat of the animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, this belonged to Yahweh. This is why the Israelites were not allowed to consume it. LEV 3 1 s18u 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do. LEV 3 1 i61a 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” LEV 3 2 wq58 translate-symaction 0 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ LEV 3 16 c52y 0 will burn all that on the altar as a burnt offering of food Tr LEV 3 16 jfy7 figs-metaphor 0 to produce a sweet aroma Yahweh is pleased with the aroma of burning meat when he is pleased with the worshiper’s sincerity. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 3 17 d5fs 0 It will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. LEV 3 17 q2wd 0 or blood “or consume blood” -LEV 4 intro wrl4 0 # Leviticus 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unintentional sins
Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus. +LEV 4 intro wrl4 0 # Leviticus 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unintentional sins
Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus. LEV 4 2 zhp4 figs-quotesinquotes 0 “Tell the people of Israel, ‘When anyone sins The words beginning with “Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying” (verse 1) begin a quotation that contains a quotation that begins with “Tell the people of Israel.” A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. “Yahweh spoke to Moses and told him to tell the people of Israel this: ‘When anyone sins” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) LEV 4 2 qh8x figs-activepassive 0 that Yahweh has commanded not to be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 2 j3zb figs-activepassive 0 if he does something that is prohibited This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “if he does something that Yahweh does not allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ LEV 4 35 mpi3 0 the priest will burn it “the priest will burn the fat” LEV 4 35 a4m3 figs-activepassive 0 offerings of Yahweh made by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burnt offerings for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 35 sy5y figs-abstractnouns 0 will make atonement for him for the sin he has committed The abstract noun “atonement” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “will atone for the sin the person committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 4 35 m4ms figs-activepassive 0 the man will be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 intro dfg1 0 # Leviticus 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Not testifying
If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Sacrifices for the poor
This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices. +LEV 5 intro dfg1 0 # Leviticus 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Not testifying
If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Sacrifices for the poor
This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices. LEV 5 1 rx2n 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 5 1 pp8d figs-activepassive 0 something about which he is required to testify Jewish law and leaders both required the people to testify if they were witnesses to a crime. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “something about which a judge has required him to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 5 2 ix6b figs-metaphor 0 God has designated as unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ LEV 5 17 kv1l figs-metaphor 0 must carry his own guilt A person’s guilt is sp LEV 5 18 wdm5 figs-ellipsis 0 worth the current value This means the person must determine how many shekels the ram is worth by using the official standard of the sacred tent. See [Leviticus 5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) LEV 5 18 t3jx figs-activepassive 0 he will be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 5 19 sa8m 0 he is certainly guilty before Yahweh “Yahweh certainly considers him guilty” -LEV 6 intro yt3w 0 # Leviticus 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, burnt offerings, and grain offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eating sacrifices
The Levites were allowed to eat some of the leftover parts of the sacrifice, while they were not allowed to eat other sacrifices. The reasons for this is unknown. +LEV 6 intro yt3w 0 # Leviticus 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, burnt offerings, and grain offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eating sacrifices
The Levites were allowed to eat some of the leftover parts of the sacrifice, while they were not allowed to eat other sacrifices. The reasons for this is unknown. LEV 6 2 bj5d 0 acts unfaithfully against Yahweh “disobeys one of Yahweh’s commandments” LEV 6 2 b62n figs-activepassive 0 deceiving his neighbor regarding something held in trust This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “lying to his neighbor about something the neighbor let him borrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 6 2 lxi3 0 his neighbor Here “neighbor” means any Israelite, not just someone who lives nearby. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ LEV 6 28 e4tz figs-activepassive 0 If it is boiled in a bronze pot, it must be LEV 6 30 b4w7 figs-activepassive 0 But any sin offering … must not be eaten This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “But no one may eat any sin offering whose blood is brought into the tent of meeting to make atonement in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 6 30 nw8d figs-activepassive 0 whose blood is brought into the tent of meeting This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “from which the priest takes the blood into the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 6 30 w6h7 figs-activepassive 0 It must be burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The priest must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 intro nbv3 0 # Leviticus 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blood
The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed meat because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [Leviticus 17:11](../../lev/17/11.md)) +LEV 7 intro nbv3 0 # Leviticus 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blood
The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed meat because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [Leviticus 17:11](../../lev/17/11.md)) LEV 7 1 wr1b 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell Aaron and his sons. LEV 7 2 q976 figs-explicit 0 in the place for killing it It can be made explicit that this refers to, the north side of the altar, the place where the animals for the burnt offerings are killed. See [Leviticus 1:10-11](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 7 3 zf51 figs-activepassive 0 All the fat in it will be offered This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The priest must offer all the fat in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ LEV 7 36 gfs1 figs-activepassive 0 that Yahweh commanded to be given them from LEV 7 36 mag4 0 that he anointed the priests “that Moses anointed the priests” LEV 7 36 sb6p 0 throughout all generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). LEV 7 37 duq2 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md). -LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) LEV 8 1 n6q2 0 General Information: In chapter 8 Moses ordains Aaron and his sons as priests according to the commands of Yahweh that Moses recorded in the book of Exodus. LEV 8 2 i9xv 0 the garments “the priestly garments” or “the clothes that the priests wore” LEV 8 5 u5b7 figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh has commanded to be done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commands us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ LEV 8 33 l462 0 ordination This is an official ceremony that makes someone a p LEV 8 34 ds5f figs-activepassive 0 to be done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 8 34 e67x figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement for you The abstract noun “atonement” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “to atone for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 8 35 m25h figs-activepassive 0 this is what I have been commanded This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what he has commanded me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 9 intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Following Yahweh’s instructions
Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Fire came out from Yahweh”
Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) +LEV 9 intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Following Yahweh’s instructions
Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Fire came out from Yahweh”
Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) LEV 9 1 ksc2 translate-ordinal 0 the eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal number for eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LEV 9 2 exi1 0 before Yahweh “to Yahweh” or “in the presence of Yahweh” LEV 9 3 x3yx 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to Aaron. diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv index 9b11366c6..d40a58457 100644 --- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Numbers

1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)
- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)
- Regulations (5:1–6:27)
- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)
- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)
- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)
- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)
1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)
- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)
- The quails (11:16–35)
- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)
- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)
- Commands (15:1-41)
- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)
1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)
- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)
- The law about purifying (19:1–22)
1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)
- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)
- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)
- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)
1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)
- Balaam (22:1–24:25)
- Baal Peor (25:1–18)
- The second counting (26:1-65)
- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)
- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)
- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)
- Midianite war (31:1–54)
- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)
- The people set up camp (33:1–56)
- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)
- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)

### What is the Book of Numbers about?

The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])

### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?

The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?

When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. -NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

### Census

They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. +NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

### Census

They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ NUM 1 52 qn3w 0 his armed group “his military division” NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md). NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Camping

Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay. +NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Camping

Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay. NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner. NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard. NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted This can be stated in acti NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel. NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The tribe of Levi

The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The tribe of Levi

The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account. NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn “Nadab, who was the firstborn” NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses colle NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting the Levites by clans

Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting the Levites by clans

Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md). NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type … He counted each man by t NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear “he would have” NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron. -NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s camp

Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Vengeance
There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) +NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s camp

Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Vengeance
There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people. NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids. NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens. NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest” NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear “must endure” -NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) +NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ NUM 6 25 f8fh figs-you 0 on you … to you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[ NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you … give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Consecrating the altar

When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) +NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Consecrating the altar

When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle” NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel … the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ NUM 7 89 y6f1 figs-synecdoche 0 he heard his voice speaking to him Here “his NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid … from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md). NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him “Yahweh spoke to Moses” -NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front “must shine towards the front” NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light “to shine” NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites “All of these commandments ar NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

==Passover ==

This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) +NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

==Passover ==

This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) diff --git a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv index 00cbb89d5..59a7a3b08 100644 --- a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv +++ b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Deuteronomy

1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)
1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)
1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)
1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)
1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)
1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)
1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)
1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)


### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?

In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.

### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?

The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?

As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?

God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.

### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?

The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy. -DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Possessing the land
While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Possessing the land
While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan” DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph … Paran … Tophel … Laban … Hazeroth … Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea” @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/ DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down “killed many of your soldiers” DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did. DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept “returned to Kadesh and wept” -DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant faithfulness
Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant faithfulness
Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did. DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey “Then we turned around and went” DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days This could mean: (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon “Arnon” is the name of DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victories
The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victories
The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past. DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](.. DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do. DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them “and obey them” DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words … neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon … Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md). DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River” DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah … Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md). -DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ten commandments
This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors and idioms
Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ten commandments
This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors and idioms
Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel. DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel. DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep “might obey” DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan “going to the other side of the Jordan River” @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us” DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

### Abrahamic Covenant
This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

### Abrahamic Covenant
This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much” DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgetting
This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgetting
This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep … you may live and multiply, and go in and possess … your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ DEU 8 19 umv6 0 you will surely perish “you will certainly die” DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you … you perish … you would not … your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you “in front of you” DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Israel’s sin
Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too. +DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Israel’s sin
Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too. DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess “to take the land from” diff --git a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv index 4425bc079..9720bd046 100644 --- a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joshua

1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)
- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)
- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)
- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)
- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)
1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)
1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)

### What is the Book of Joshua about?

The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.

### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?

The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?

In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.

### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?

This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.

### When should Joshua be translated?

The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
-JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Be strong and Courageous

Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
+JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Be strong and Courageous

Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reu JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rahab’s faith

Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rahab’s faith

Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father o JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.” JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel. JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God dries the Jordan River

Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God dries the Jordan River

Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.” JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan. JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues. JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s war
The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s war
The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones. JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever. JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Circumcision

It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

### Manna

Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
+JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Circumcision

It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

### Manna

Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies” JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh conquers

It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh conquers

It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up. JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣ JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat

It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat

It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them” JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have y JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned. JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now” -JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Built an altar
Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
+JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Built an altar
Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “t JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s mistake

Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s mistake

Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites diff --git a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv index 647a5ffd1..ca9f94ec6 100644 --- a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Judges

1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)
- Introduction (1:1-3:6)
- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)
- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)
- Gideon (6:1–8:35)
- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)
- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)
- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)
- Samson (13:1–16:31)
1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)
1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)

### What is the Book of Judges about?

The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.

This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.

After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What kind of leaders were the judges?

These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.

### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?

During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.

These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.

### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?

During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?

This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.

The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12. -JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land

Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. +JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land

Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story. JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ JDG 1 35 x276 0 the military might of the house of Joseph conquered them “th JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh tests Israel

Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]]) +JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh tests Israel

Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]]) JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh This could mean: (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking. JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim “left Gilgal and went to Bokim” JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JDG 2 21 ry6q figs-metonymy 0 any of the nations Here “nations” represents JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people worship false gods

Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Blew a trumpet”

When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people worship false gods

Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Blew a trumpet”

When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story. JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3. JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle” JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Barak’s leadership

At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Barak’s leadership

At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md). JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ JDG 4 22 n7wq 0 Barak was pursuing “Barak was chasing” or “Barak was fol JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might “The military power” JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The flood

God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making
them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The flood

God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making
them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md). JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak … Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md). @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ JDG 5 30 yg2c figs-synecdoche 0 for the necks of those who plunder Here “neck JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) +JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ JDG 6 37 qz5z 0 dew water that forms on plants during the night JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose “Gideon got out of bed” JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water -JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God gets all of the credit

God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) +JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God gets all of the credit

God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped “they set up their camp” JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod … hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ JDG 7 24 js9y translate-names 0 Beth Barah This is the name of a town. (See: [[ JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah” JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb … at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb … Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon
The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Gideon refuses to be king

Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon
The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Gideon refuses to be king

Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely” @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side “who surrounded them” JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). -JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) diff --git a/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv b/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv index e00e7b832..750cdb7f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_08-RUT.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote RUT front intro f68r 0 # Introduction to Ruth

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Ruth

1. How Ruth came to Bethlehem with Naomi (1:1–22)
1. Boaz helps Ruth as she gleans (2:1–23)
1. Boaz and Ruth at the threshing floor (3:1–18)
1. How Ruth became the wife of Boaz (4:1–16)
1. Obed born to Ruth and Boaz; the genealogy of David (4:13–22)

### What is the Book of Ruth about?

This book is about a non-Israelite woman named Ruth. It tells how she came to join the people of Yahweh. The book also explains how Ruth became an ancestor of King David.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title **Ruth** because she is the main person in it. Translators can use a title such as **The Book about Ruth**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### When did the events in the Book of Ruth occur?

The story of Ruth is set during the time when there were **judges** in Israel. This was after the people of Israel had entered into the land of Canaan, but before they had a king. The “judges” were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. These leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of them may have served only certain tribes.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why does Scripture include a book about a woman from the foreign land of Moab?

In a period when Israel was often unfaithful to Yahweh, a woman from Moab shows great faith in him. The Israelites’ frequent lack of faith in Yahweh is contrasted with the faith of this woman from a foreign land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

### What important marriage custom is found in the Book of Ruth?

Israelites practiced what is called **levirate marriage**. In this custom, the closest male relative of a man who died without any children was obligated to provide for his widow by marrying her. Usually this would be one of the man’s brothers. Any children born to them were to be regarded as children of the dead man. They did this so that the dead man would have descendants. If the closest relative did not marry the woman, another relative could fulfil this obligation.

### What was a **kinsman-redeemer**?

A person’s close relative or relatives were expected to act as **kinsmen-redeemers** (2:20 ULT) for him or her. They were responsible to provide for a relative in need, fulfil obligations of **levirate marriage**, and buy back land into the family that had been sold to someone outside of the family. In the Book of Ruth, Boaz is one such kinsman-redeemer.

### What was **gleaning** in the Book of Ruth?

In Israel, poor people were allowed to follow after the men who harvested a field. These **gleaners** picked up stalks of grain that the harvesters missed or dropped. In this way, poor people were able to find some food. Ruth became a gleaner in a field belonging to Boaz.

### What is covenant faithfulness or covenant loyalty?

A covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill. Covenant faithfulness or covenant loyalty is when a person does what they said they would do, according to the covenant that they had made. God made a covenant with Israel, in which he promised that he would love and be faithful to the Israelites. The Israelites were to do the same toward him and toward each other.

The Book of Ruth shows that what kinsmen-redeemers do for their relatives is part of Israel’s duties in God’s covenant with them. The story of Boaz, Ruth, and Naomi gives examples to all of Israel of the good effects of covenant faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])

### What function did city gates have in the ancient Near East?

City gates in the time of Boaz were meeting places for the city elders. Elders were honored men who decided business matters and legal matters together. The city walls were thick, especially at the entryways, and the gates had guard towers beside and above them. Therefore the gateway opening provided a large shady area for public meetings, and there were places for important people to sit. For this reason, Boaz and the other elders sat in the gateway.

Some English Bible versions speak of Boaz sitting **at** the city gate, but it may be best for translators to make clear that Boaz sat **in** the city gateway.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How does the Book of Ruth change from one topic to another topic?

The Book of Ruth often changes to new topics or new parts of the story. The ULT uses various words to indicate these changes, such as **so,** **then,** and **now**. Translators should use the ways most natural in their own languages to signal these changes. -RUT 1 intro irf4 0 # Ruth 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### **It happened in the days when the judges ruled**

The events of this book occur during the period of Judges. The book is concurrent with the book of Judges. To understand the historical context of the book, the translator may wish to review the book of Judges.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Women without a husband or children

In the ancient Near East, if a woman lacked a husband or sons, she was considered to be in a dire circumstance. She would not have been able to provide for herself. This is why Naomi told her daughters to remarry.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Contrast

The actions of Ruth the Moabite are intended to contrast with the actions of Naomi the Jew. Ruth shows great faith in Naomi’s God, while Naomi does not trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +RUT 1 intro irf4 0 # Ruth 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### **It happened in the days when the judges ruled**

The events of this book occur during the period of Judges. The book is concurrent with the book of Judges. To understand the historical context of the book, the translator may wish to review the book of Judges.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Women without a husband or children

In the ancient Near East, if a woman lacked a husband or sons, she was considered to be in a dire circumstance. She would not have been able to provide for herself. This is why Naomi told her daughters to remarry.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Contrast

The actions of Ruth the Moabite are intended to contrast with the actions of Naomi the Jew. Ruth shows great faith in Naomi’s God, while Naomi does not trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) RUT 1 1 sb2j writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 Now it happened that **It was** or **This is what happened**. This is a common way of beginning a historical story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) RUT 1 1 m9nl grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ שְׁפֹ֣ט הַ⁠שֹּׁפְטִ֔ים 1 in the days of the ruling of the judges **during the time when judges led and governed Israel** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) RUT 1 1 nm13 figs-explicit בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 in the land This refers to the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “in the land of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ RUT 1 21 t1p8 הֵ֥רַֽע לִֽ⁠י 1 has done evil to me **has brought ca RUT 1 22 cx7g writing-endofstory וַ⁠תָּ֣שָׁב נָעֳמִ֗י וְ⁠ר֨וּת 1 So Naomi returned, with Ruth This begins a summary statement. English marks this by the word **So**. Determine how your language marks concluding or summary statements and follow that way here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) RUT 1 22 jdr2 writing-background וְ⁠הֵ֗מָּה בָּ֚אוּ בֵּ֣ית לֶ֔חֶם בִּ⁠תְחִלַּ֖ת קְצִ֥יר שְׂעֹרִֽים 1 And they came to Bethlehem at the beginning of the harvest of barley. The sentence gives background information, explaining that Naomi and Ruth had arrived in Bethlehem around the time when the Israelites were starting to harvest their barley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) RUT 1 22 bgy3 figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠תְחִלַּ֖ת קְצִ֥יר שְׂעֹרִֽים 1 at the beginning of the harvest of barley **the barley harvest**. The phrase **the harvest of barley** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “when the farmers were just beginning to harvest barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -RUT 2 intro ld2v 0 # Ruth 02 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### **Do not go to glean in another field**

Boaz said this because he could not guarantee Ruth’s safety in another person’s field. It seems that not everyone was as gracious and obedient to the law of Moses as Boaz was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +RUT 2 intro ld2v 0 # Ruth 2 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### **Do not go to glean in another field**

Boaz said this because he could not guarantee Ruth’s safety in another person’s field. It seems that not everyone was as gracious and obedient to the law of Moses as Boaz was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) RUT 2 1 ab10 writing-background וּֽ⁠לְ⁠נָעֳמִ֞י מוֹדַ֣ע לְ⁠אִישָׁ֗⁠הּ 1 Now Naomi had a relative of her husband Verse 1 gives background information about Boaz so that the reader will understand who he is. Your language may also have a specific way to give background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) RUT 2 1 t2sn writing-participants וּֽ⁠לְ⁠נָעֳמִ֞י מוֹדַ֣ע לְ⁠אִישָׁ֗⁠הּ 1 Now Naomi had a relative of her husband This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Ruth meets Boaz. Boaz is introduced here as a new participant in the story. Your language may also have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) RUT 2 1 b4q7 אִ֚ישׁ גִּבּ֣וֹר חַ֔יִל 1 a man of great worth **a prominent, wealthy man**. This means that Boaz was prosperous and well known in his community, with a good reputation. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ RUT 2 22 bcc4 וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִפְגְּעוּ־בָ֖⁠ךְ 1 so that the RUT 2 22 ab64 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִפְגְּעוּ־בָ֖⁠ךְ 1 so that they do not harm you This is the reason why Ruth should continue to work with Boaz’s servants. If it is more clear in your language to state the reason before the result, you can state this part of the sentence first, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) RUT 2 23 e2vq וַ⁠תִּדְבַּ֞ק 1 So she stayed close by Ruth worked in Boaz’s fields with his workers during the day, so she would be safe. RUT 2 23 a7qp וַ⁠תֵּ֖שֶׁב אֶת־חֲמוֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 She lived with her mother-in-law Ruth went to Naomi’s home to sleep at night. -RUT 3 intro t4y5 0 # Ruth 03 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Boaz’s integrity

Boaz showed great integrity in this chapter by not having sexual relations with Ruth until they were married. He was also concerned with preserving Ruth’s good reputation. Displaying Boaz’s good character is an important point in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### **So that it may be well with you**

Naomi wanted Ruth to have a secure home with a good husband who would care for her. She could see that Boaz would be the best husband for her. She also thought that Boaz, as a kinsman-redeemer, had an obligation to marry her. This could be true because, even though Ruth was a Gentile by birth, she had become part of Naomi’s family and part of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +RUT 3 intro t4y5 0 # Ruth 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Boaz’s integrity

Boaz showed great integrity in this chapter by not having sexual relations with Ruth until they were married. He was also concerned with preserving Ruth’s good reputation. Displaying Boaz’s good character is an important point in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### **So that it may be well with you**

Naomi wanted Ruth to have a secure home with a good husband who would care for her. She could see that Boaz would be the best husband for her. She also thought that Boaz, as a kinsman-redeemer, had an obligation to marry her. This could be true because, even though Ruth was a Gentile by birth, she had become part of Naomi’s family and part of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) RUT 3 1 jdr3 writing-newevent וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר לָ֖⁠הּ נָעֳמִ֣י 1 Naomi … said to her, This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Ruth asks Boaz to perform the role of kinsman-redeemer for her and Naomi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) RUT 3 1 r7ar חֲמוֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 her mother-in-law Naomi is the mother of Ruth’s dead husband. RUT 3 1 f1uc בִּתִּ֞⁠י 1 My daughter Ruth became part of Naomi’s family by marrying her son and became like a daughter to her by her actions in caring for Naomi after returning to Bethlehem. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ RUT 3 18 ab35 בִתִּ֔⁠י 1 my daughter See how you translated this in 1: RUT 3 18 ab37 figs-idiom אֵ֖יךְ יִפֹּ֣ל דָּבָ֑ר 1 how the matter falls This is an idiom that means “how the situation will turn out” or “what will happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) RUT 3 18 zi02 figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א יִשְׁקֹט֙ הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ כִּֽי־אִם־כִּלָּ֥ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר 1 the man will not rest unless he has finished this matter This can be stated positively: **the man will certainly settle this matter** or **the man will surely resolve this issue**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) RUT 3 18 u5rn אִם־כִּלָּ֥ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר 1 he has finished this matter **This matter** refers to the decision about who will buy Naomi’s property and marry Ruth. -RUT 4 intro pz6m 0 # Ruth 04 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King David

Despite being a Moabitess, Ruth became an ancestress of David. David was Israel’s greatest king. It may be surprising that a Gentile would become a part of such an important lineage, but it reminds us that God loves all people. Ruth had great faith in Yahweh. This shows us that God welcomes all who trust in him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### **You must also acquire Ruth the Moabite woman**

With the privilege of using the family’s land came the responsibility to take care of the widows of the family. Therefore, the relative who wanted to use Naomi’s land had to also help Ruth to have a son who would carry on the family name and inheritance and provide for her.

### **This was the custom in former times**

This is a comment made by the writer of the text. This indicates that there was a considerable period of time between the events that occurred and the time when they were written down. +RUT 4 intro pz6m 0 # Ruth 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King David

Despite being a Moabitess, Ruth became an ancestress of David. David was Israel’s greatest king. It may be surprising that a Gentile would become a part of such an important lineage, but it reminds us that God loves all people. Ruth had great faith in Yahweh. This shows us that God welcomes all who trust in him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### **You must also acquire Ruth the Moabite woman**

With the privilege of using the family’s land came the responsibility to take care of the widows of the family. Therefore, the relative who wanted to use Naomi’s land had to also help Ruth to have a son who would carry on the family name and inheritance and provide for her.

### **This was the custom in former times**

This is a comment made by the writer of the text. This indicates that there was a considerable period of time between the events that occurred and the time when they were written down. RUT 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וּ⁠בֹ֨עַז עָלָ֣ה הַ⁠שַּׁעַר֮ 1 Now Boaz had gone up to the gate This clause introduces the next part of the story, in which Boaz takes the leading role as kinsman-redeemer and marries Ruth. Use your language’s way of introducing a new part of a story (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) RUT 4 1 m4by הַ⁠שַּׁעַר֮ 1 to the gate **to the gate of the city** or **to the gate of Bethlehem**. This was the main entrance to the walled town of Bethlehem. Inside the gate was an open area that was used as a meeting place to discuss community matters. RUT 4 1 jdr9 figs-distinguish וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 And behold, The word **behold** alerts us to the important event of Boaz seeing the exact person whom he wanted to see walking by. Your language may also have a specific way of alerting someone to pay careful attention to what happens next in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv index a673a0c38..a296a9945 100644 --- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 1SA front intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Samuel

1. Samuel as judge over Israel (1:1–7:17)
- Samuel as a child (1:1–3:21)
- Shiloh priesthood; the fall and death of Eli the priest (4:1–22)
- The ark of God and the war with the Philistines (5:1–6:21)
- Mizpah; Samuel’s rule over Israel (7:1–17)
1. Saul and Samuel (8:1–15:35)
- Samuel lets the people seek a king (8:1–22)
- Saul anointed king (9:1–10:27)
- Battle and victory over the Ammonites (11:1–15)
- Samuel’s farewell (12:1–25)
- Saul’s weakness and failures (13:1–15:35)
1. David and his conflicts with Saul (16:1–31:13)
- God’s choice of David to be king (16:1–23)
- David fights Goliath (17:1–58)
- Saul’s jealousy of David; David and Jonathan (18:1–20:42)
- David in the wilderness; David in Philistia (21:1–30:31)
- Death of Saul (31:1–13)

### What is the Book of 1 Samuel about?

The Book of 1 Samuel is about Samuel, Saul, and David. Samuel was the last of the judges over Israel. Saul was the first king of Israel. Much of the book is about how Saul became king, then how he later sinned against God and died. God chose David to be king after Saul. This book shows how God protected David when Saul tried to kill him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “1 Samuel” or “First Samuel.” Or, translators may consider a clearer title such as “The First Book About Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What is the purpose of the Book of 1 Samuel?

The purpose of 1 Samuel is to give an account of the events leading up to David becoming king of Israel. In 1 Samuel, the twelve tribes of Israel unite under the first king of Israel, Saul. But Saul does not obey Yahweh’s commands. So God uses Samuel to choose David as a king who will trust and obey Yahweh.

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 1 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 1 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is “Yahweh’s anointed”?

The writer of 1 Samuel often speaks of “Yahweh’s anointed.” This refers to the one whom Yahweh chose to be the king of his people. Also, the phrase “Yahweh’s anointed” would make later readers think about the future descendant of David who would become king of God’s people. This person who Yahweh chose would be known as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are curses, as found in 1 Samuel and elsewhere?

A curse is a strong statement a person makes to cause bad things to happen to the person or thing being cursed. A curse usually has this pattern: “May God do so to you, and even more, if you hide anything from me of all the words that he spoke to you” (1 Sam. 3:17). Other instances of curses in 1 and 2 Samuel are found in 1 Sam 14:44; 20:13; 25:22; 2 Sam 3:9, 35; and 19:13. The translator should represent a curse in the project language in as strong a way as possible.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

The Book of 1 Samuel has two references to Israel and Judah ([1 Samuel 17:52](../17/52.md), [1 Samuel 18:16](../18/16.md)). However, these references appear in the text long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah are in the text because the author wrote at a time after the kingdoms split. He wanted the readers to understand that all the twelve tribes had supported David.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This phrase occurs in 1 Samuel 5:5; 6:18: 27:6; 30:25. -1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two wives
This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])

### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.” +1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two wives
This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])

### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.” 1SA 1 1 xa1t translate-names הָ⁠רָמָתַ֛יִם 1 the Ramathaim This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 1 1 mwm2 translate-names צוֹפִ֖ים 1 the Zuphites The phrase **the Zuphites** refers to the people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 1 1 hizk translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 Ephraim Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 1 27 m76r figs-abstractnouns 0 has given me my petition which I asked of him The noun “petition” refers to a formal request for another person to do something. It can be translated with a verb. The idiom “to give a petition” means to do what the person requests. Alternate translation: “has agreed to do what I solemnly requested that he do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 1 28 fp77 figs-activepassive 0 he is lent to Yahweh This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am loaning him to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 1 28 f1d4 figs-synecdoche 0 he worshiped Yahweh This could mean: (1) “He” refers to Elkanah or (2) “he” is a synecdoche referring to both Elkanah and his family. Alternate translation: “Elkanah and his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1SA 2 intro fe7v 0 # 1 Samuel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with Hannah’s poetic prayer in 2:1-10 .

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hannah’s song of praise to God

This song is about how God protects the weak and strengthens them. He humbles the rich, provides for the poor, and defeats his enemies.

### Eli’s Sons

Eli, the chief priest, had two sons. They were ungodly priests who continually sinned and did not honor God. Eli corrected them but they did not listen. A prophet warned Eli that God would stop his family from being priests and his sons would both die on the same day. At the same time, Samuel was growing up and serving God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter has many figures of speech because the first part of the chapter is a song and the last part of the chapter is a prophecy. Songs and prophecy tend to have many figures of speech.

### Synecdoches

“My heart” and “my mouth” are synecdoches referencing the speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

### Metonymies

Body parts are often used to stand for activities involving that part of the body. “The feet of his faithful people” is a metonym meaning what they are doing or where they are going. Place names are often used for people in that place such as “the ends of the earth” meaning the people living in the ends of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Metaphors

Hannah used many military metaphors: “rock,” representing protection; “the bows of the mighty men are broken,” representing military defeat; “the horn of his anointed,” representing the power of the one that God has chosen to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

God used three rhetorical questions to correct and condemn Eli. “Did I not reveal myself to the house of your ancestor, when they were in Egypt in bondage to Pharaoh’s house?” “Why then do you scorn my offerings that I required in the place where I live?” “Why do you honor your sons above me by making yourselves fat with the best of every offering of my people Israel?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 2 intro fe7v 0 # 1 Samuel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with Hannah’s poetic prayer in 2:1-10 .

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hannah’s song of praise to God

This song is about how God protects the weak and strengthens them. He humbles the rich, provides for the poor, and defeats his enemies.

### Eli’s Sons

Eli, the chief priest, had two sons. They were ungodly priests who continually sinned and did not honor God. Eli corrected them but they did not listen. A prophet warned Eli that God would stop his family from being priests and his sons would both die on the same day. At the same time, Samuel was growing up and serving God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter has many figures of speech because the first part of the chapter is a song and the last part of the chapter is a prophecy. Songs and prophecy tend to have many figures of speech.

### Synecdoches

“My heart” and “my mouth” are synecdoches referencing the speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

### Metonymies

Body parts are often used to stand for activities involving that part of the body. “The feet of his faithful people” is a metonym meaning what they are doing or where they are going. Place names are often used for people in that place such as “the ends of the earth” meaning the people living in the ends of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Metaphors

Hannah used many military metaphors: “rock,” representing protection; “the bows of the mighty men are broken,” representing military defeat; “the horn of his anointed,” representing the power of the one that God has chosen to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

God used three rhetorical questions to correct and condemn Eli. “Did I not reveal myself to the house of your ancestor, when they were in Egypt in bondage to Pharaoh’s house?” “Why then do you scorn my offerings that I required in the place where I live?” “Why do you honor your sons above me by making yourselves fat with the best of every offering of my people Israel?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 2 1 e9ks figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Hannah recites a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1SA 2 1 aq77 0 My heart exults “I have great joy” 1SA 2 1 j5ts 0 in Yahweh “because of who Yahweh is” or “because Yahweh is so great” @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 2 35 bg77 figs-idiom 0 I will build him a sure house Here “house” is an idiom used for “descendants.” Alternate translation: “I will ensure that he always has a descendant who serves as high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 2 36 tmh4 0 him the faithful priest whom God will raise up 1SA 2 36 y912 figs-synecdoche 0 so I can eat a piece of bread Here “piece of bread” is used for “food. “Alternate translation: “so I can have something to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1SA 3 intro riy2 0 # 1 Samuel 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God speaks to Samuel

God spoke at night to Samuel when he was a small boy, telling him that he would punish Eli’s family. As Samuel grew up, God gave him many messages. People came from all over Israel to find out what God had to say.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

In order to show respect when talking to God, Samuel calls himself “your servant” when referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Idioms

One characteristic of prophecy is the use of figures of speech. In this passage there are two idioms: “ears will shake,” meaning “will shock everyone who hears” and “carry out,” meaning “do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

In order to be sure Samuel would tell him the whole truth, Eli used the standard formula for a curse: “may God do to you, and even more, if,” meaning “God will punish severely if the person does what the curse says he will do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +1SA 3 intro riy2 0 # 1 Samuel 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God speaks to Samuel

God spoke at night to Samuel when he was a small boy, telling him that he would punish Eli’s family. As Samuel grew up, God gave him many messages. People came from all over Israel to find out what God had to say.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

In order to show respect when talking to God, Samuel calls himself “your servant” when referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Idioms

One characteristic of prophecy is the use of figures of speech. In this passage there are two idioms: “ears will shake,” meaning “will shock everyone who hears” and “carry out,” meaning “do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

In order to be sure Samuel would tell him the whole truth, Eli used the standard formula for a curse: “may God do to you, and even more, if,” meaning “God will punish severely if the person does what the curse says he will do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) 1SA 3 1 w5tu 0 Yahweh’s word was rare “Yahweh did not often speak to people” 1SA 3 3 vl1e 0 The lamp of God This is the seven-candle lampstand in the holy place of the tabernacle that burned every day and through the night until it was empty. 1SA 3 3 vv3t 0 the temple of Yahweh The “temple” was actually a tent, but it was where the people worshiped, so it is best to translate the word as “temple” here. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:9](../01/09.md). @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 3 20 km4x 0 All Israel “All the people in Israel” 1SA 3 20 q8cs figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This is a merism for “in every part of the land.” Alternate translation: “from one end of the land to the other” or “from Dan in the very north to Beersheba in the very south” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1SA 3 20 v6xm figs-activepassive 0 Samuel was appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 4 intro a7dh 0 # 1 Samuel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The Ark of the Covenant in Philistine country

This chapter begins a new section on the Ark and the Philistines. It recounts two battles between Israel and the Philistines. In both battles, Israel was badly defeated and, in the second, the Ark was captured.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark is captured

The Philistine army invaded Israel, and Israel’s army went to fight them but was defeated. Israel decided that if they took the Ark into the next battle, God would cause them to win. When Eli’s sons took the Ark into the next battle and the Philistines won the battle, they killed Eli’s two sons and captured the Ark. When Eli heard the Ark was captured, he fell over, broke his neck, and died. Hearing this news, his daughter-in-law named her baby “the glory has departed.”

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Question

The Philistines expressed their fear using a rhetorical question: “Who will protect us from the strength of this mighty God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 4 intro a7dh 0 # 1 Samuel 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The Ark of the Covenant in Philistine country

This chapter begins a new section on the Ark and the Philistines. It recounts two battles between Israel and the Philistines. In both battles, Israel was badly defeated and, in the second, the Ark was captured.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark is captured

The Philistine army invaded Israel, and Israel’s army went to fight them but was defeated. Israel decided that if they took the Ark into the next battle, God would cause them to win. When Eli’s sons took the Ark into the next battle and the Philistines won the battle, they killed Eli’s two sons and captured the Ark. When Eli heard the Ark was captured, he fell over, broke his neck, and died. Hearing this news, his daughter-in-law named her baby “the glory has departed.”

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Question

The Philistines expressed their fear using a rhetorical question: “Who will protect us from the strength of this mighty God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 4 1 ahq8 translate-names 0 Ebenezer … Aphek These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 4 2 in3q figs-activepassive 0 Israel was defeated by the Philistines, who killed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Philistines defeated the Israelites and killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 4 2 c78l translate-numbers 0 about four thousand men Here the number four thousand is a round number. There may have been a few more than that or a few less than that. The word “about” shows that it is not an exact number. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 4 21 eja5 translate-names 0 Ichabod The name is actually a phrase that means “no glory.” The name of a person sometimes reveals information about the person, place, or thing it refers to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 4 21 b2am figs-activepassive 0 for the ark of God had been captured This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Philistines had captured the ark of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 4 22 pea3 figs-activepassive 0 the ark of God has been captured This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Philistines have captured the ark of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 5 intro qnq6 0 # 1 Samuel 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of the Ark of the Covenant in Philistia continues.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark in the Philistine Cities

The Philistines took the Ark of God to Ashdod and put it in their idol temple, but their idol fell down in front of the Ark and the people got sick with bubonic plague. They took it to Gath next, and the people of Gath began dying of the plague. When they took the Ark to Ekron, the people of Ekron were afraid of it too and did not want it there. Finally they decided to send it back to Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

There are two slightly different idioms used in the same way: the “hand was heavy” and the “hand was hard.” Both idioms mean “was severely punished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 5 intro qnq6 0 # 1 Samuel 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of the Ark of the Covenant in Philistia continues.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark in the Philistine Cities

The Philistines took the Ark of God to Ashdod and put it in their idol temple, but their idol fell down in front of the Ark and the people got sick with bubonic plague. They took it to Gath next, and the people of Gath began dying of the plague. When they took the Ark to Ekron, the people of Ekron were afraid of it too and did not want it there. Finally they decided to send it back to Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

There are two slightly different idioms used in the same way: the “hand was heavy” and the “hand was hard.” Both idioms mean “was severely punished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 5 1 r22j 0 Now This word marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a word or phrase that does the same, you could use it here. 1SA 5 1 j9ri 0 ark of God See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 3:3](../03/03.md). This is the a same as the “ark of the covenant of Yahweh” in [1 Samuel 4:3](../04/03.md). 1SA 5 2 ibj1 0 house of Dagon This refers to the temple of Dagon, the god of the Philistines. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 5 12 djg2 figs-explicit 0 The men who did not die This implies that many men actually died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 5 12 u8uu 0 tumors This could mean: (1) painful swelling under the skin or (2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md). 1SA 5 12 vm1y figs-metonymy 0 the cry of the city went up to the heavens The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. This could mean: (1) the words “went up to the heavens” is an idiom for “was very great.” Alternate translation: “the people of the city cried out very loudly” or (2) the words “the heavens” is a metonym for the people’s gods. Alternate translation: “the people of the city cried out to their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1SA 6 intro z9kg 0 # 1 Samuel 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of the Ark of the Covenant among the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Philistines send the Ark back to Israel

The Philistine leaders asked their priests what they should do with the Ark. The priests said to send it off with an offering. The Philistines put the Ark on a cart drawn by cows and let them go wherever they wanted to go. The cows went straight toward Israel. When some people peeked into the Ark, God killed them. Because of this, the people sent the Ark to Kiriath Jearim. +1SA 6 intro z9kg 0 # 1 Samuel 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of the Ark of the Covenant among the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Philistines send the Ark back to Israel

The Philistine leaders asked their priests what they should do with the Ark. The priests said to send it off with an offering. The Philistines put the Ark on a cart drawn by cows and let them go wherever they wanted to go. The cows went straight toward Israel. When some people peeked into the Ark, God killed them. Because of this, the people sent the Ark to Kiriath Jearim. 1SA 6 2 rk4s 0 the priests and the diviners These were pagan priests and diviners who worshiped Dagon. 1SA 6 2 nd2k 0 Tell us how we should send it The Philistines wanted to know how to get rid of the ark without angering Yahweh any further. 1SA 6 3 gg7q 0 the God of Israel This could mean: (1) they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel or (2) they believed that Israel worshiped one of many gods, “the god of Israel.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:7](../05/07.md). @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 6 20 zwk1 figs-rquestion 0 Who is able to stand before Yahweh, this holy God? This could mean: (1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses the people’s fear of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “There is no one who can resist Yahweh because he is so holy!” or (2) this is a question asking for information. The phrase “stand before Yahweh” may refer to priests who serve Yahweh. It is implied that the people were looking for a priest whom Yahweh would permit to handle the ark. Alternate translation: “Is there a priest among us who serves this holy God, Yahweh, and is able to handle this ark?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 6 20 bc1z figs-explicit 0 To whom will the ark go up from us? This is a question asking for information. It is implied that the people want Yahweh and the ark to go somewhere else so he will not punish them again. Alternate translation: “Where can we send this ark so that Yahweh will not punish us again?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 6 21 n5gr translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim This was a town in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1SA 7 intro hd2a 0 # 1 Samuel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter completes the section on Samuel leading Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel begins to worship Yahweh again

Samuel told the people to get rid of all their idols and worship Yahweh alone. The people were obedient. When the Philistines heard the Israelites were all gathered together, the Philistines attacked, but God defeated them. There was a time of peace during which Samuel settled disputes between the people as the judges had done before.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

Whenever Samuel spoke to a group of people, he used many idioms: “to turn to” means “to worship”; “with your whole heart” means “completely”; and “rescue from the hand” means “rescued from the power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 7 intro hd2a 0 # 1 Samuel 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter completes the section on Samuel leading Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel begins to worship Yahweh again

Samuel told the people to get rid of all their idols and worship Yahweh alone. The people were obedient. When the Philistines heard the Israelites were all gathered together, the Philistines attacked, but God defeated them. There was a time of peace during which Samuel settled disputes between the people as the judges had done before.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

Whenever Samuel spoke to a group of people, he used many idioms: “to turn to” means “to worship”; “with your whole heart” means “completely”; and “rescue from the hand” means “rescued from the power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 7 1 vxi4 translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 7 1 uf4m translate-names 0 Abinadab … Eleazar These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 7 2 kwf8 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 7 14 li9a figs-activepassive 0 The towns … from Israel were restored to Israel This can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) Here “Israel” refers to the “land” of Israel. “Yahweh restored to the land of Israel the towns … from Israel” or (2) “Israel” is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were able to reclaim the towns … from Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 7 16 p2sh 0 went on a circuit traveled from place to place in a rough circle 1SA 7 16 qa19 0 He decided disputes Disputes are arguments or disagreements between two or more people. -1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Saul and Samuel

The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want a king

When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Saul and Samuel

The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want a king

When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 1SA 8 3 d1qv figs-metaphor 0 chased after dishonest gain The writer speaks of money that people would give Samuel’s sons as if it were a person or animal running away from Samuel’s sons, and he speaks of Samuel’s sons as if they were physically chasing that person or animal. Alternate translation: “they worked hard to gain money by being dishonest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1SA 8 3 pt6z 0 perverted justice “judged in favor of those who did evil” 1SA 8 5 rx69 figs-idiom 0 do not walk in your ways The way a person lives is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “do not do the things you do” or “do not do what is just the way you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 8 22 d8pw figs-metonymy 0 Obey their voice Here the metonym “their voice” refers to the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Obey the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 8 22 s4b6 0 cause someone to be king for them “make someone king over them.” Use the common term in your language for making someone king. 1SA 8 22 vjc2 0 go to his own city “go home” -1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king

When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king

When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 9 1 y487 writing-background 0 General Information: If your language has a way of telling the reader that the writer is giving background information in these verses, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1SA 9 1 k9kq 0 a man of influence This could mean: (1) he was a wealthy man or (2) he was a nobleman or (3) he was a mighty and brave man. 1SA 9 1 sxy3 translate-names 0 Kish … Abiel … Zeror … Bekorath … Aphiah These are names of the men of Saul’s family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv index 5029890cb..377bf4580 100644 --- a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2SA front intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Samuel

1. The first years of David’s reign (1:1–7:29)
- Saul is killed; David is kind to Ishbosheth (1:1–4:12)
- David defeats the Philistines (5:1–25)
- Victories, the ark, the house of God (6:1–7:29)
1. David extends his rule to all the Promised Land (8:1–10:19)
1. David’s sin with Bathsheba (11:1–12:31)
1. Amnon and Tamar; Absalom kills Amnon (13:1–14:33)
1. The later years of David’s reign (15:1–24:25)
- Absalom rebels and is killed (15:1–18:33)
- David’s kingdom restored (19:1–20:26)
- Famine and warfare (21:1–14)
- David’s song of praise (22:1–23:7)
- David’s mighty men (23:8–39)
- Yahweh judges David’s sin of numbering the people; the plague stopped (24:1–25)

### What is the Book of 2 Samuel about?

This book is about David ruling as king over Israel. He first ruled over the tribe of Judah for seven years. Then the other eleven tribes agreed to have him become their king. He ruled over all Israel for thirty-three years.

Throughout this time, David led his army to fight foreign enemies who attacked Israel. However, he struggled the most against someone in his own family. Absalom, his son, rebelled and fought against him ([2 Samuel 13-19](../13/01.md)).

The Book of 2 Samuel also tells about when David sinned greatly. He slept with Bathsheba, the wife of Uriah the Hittite. When she became pregnant, David arranged for Uriah to be killed in battle. David and all Israel suffered much because of David’s sin. However, the writer also tells of Yahweh repeatedly showing David grace and love after David repented of his sin.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Samuel,” or “Second Samuel.” Or translators may consider a clearer title such as “The Second Book about Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What was the purpose of the Book of 2 Samuel?

The Book of 2 Samuel begins where 1 Samuel ended. The writer continues to show how the tribes of Israel unite under the first kings of Israel. The Book of 2 Samuel centers around David as the king Yahweh chose to lead Israel.

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 2 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 2 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What covenant had its beginning in the Book of 2 Samuel?

In 2 Samuel 7, Yahweh made a covenant with David. God promised to make a descendant of David rule forever over Israel. Christians believe that Jesus Christ fulfills this covenant. Jesus was a descendant of David. Jesus is the true “anointed one,” the person God chose to be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does the book refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

David frequently refers to himself as “your servant” when he speaks to King Saul. He also calls Saul “my master.” Indirectly addressing a person in this way can be difficult to translate. It is intended to show that the speaker submits to the one being addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” or “ma’am” in this way.

### Can I translate this book before 1 Samuel?

The Book of 1 Samuel should be translated before 2 Samuel, since 2 Samuel continues from where 1 Samuel ends.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

2 Samuel speaks of both the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel as “Israel.” However, these references appear in the narrative long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah indicate that the author wrote 2 Samuel at a time after the kingdoms split. (See: [2 Samuel 2:10](../02/10.md); [2 Samuel 3:10](../03/10.md); [2 Samuel 5:5](../05/05.md); [2 Samuel 11:11](../11/11.md); [2 Samuel 12:8](../12/08.md); [2 Samuel 19:42-43](../19/42.md); [2 Samuel 21:2](../21/02.md); [2 Samuel 24:1](../24/01.md)). -2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.

This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.

This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 1 1 q125 translate-names 0 Ziklag This is the name of a city in the southern part of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 1 2 vci9 translate-ordinal 0 On the third day “After three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2SA 1 2 v6vv translate-symaction 0 with his clothes torn and with dirt on his head In this culture, tearing one’s own clothes and putting dirt on one’s head was an act of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 1 25 i3z2 figs-apostrophe 0 on your high places David continues to address this part of the song to the mountains of Gilboa as he started in [2 Samuel 1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 2SA 1 26 eg6m 0 my brother Jonathan Here “brother” is used in the sense of a very close friend. 2SA 1 26 l4ln 0 Your love to me was wonderful, exceeding the love of women Here “love” is used in the sense of friendship and loyalty. Jonathan’s loyalty to David was even greater than the loyalty a woman has for her husband and children. -2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Civil war
There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Civil war
There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 2 1 lt47 0 After this “After David mourned the deaths of Saul and Jonathan in battle” 2SA 2 1 ncw1 0 go up to one of the cities of Judah At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. David used the phrase “go up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Judah. Alternate translation: “travel to one of the cities of Judah” 2SA 2 2 x7ln 0 David went up with his two wives At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. The narrator uses the phrase “went up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Hebron. Alternate translation: “David traveled to Hebron with his two wives” @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 2 31 d81h figs-metonymy 0 of Benjamin This phrase means “from the tribe of Benjamin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 2 32 e5xq 0 took up Asahel “carried Asahel’s body with them” 2SA 2 32 pzw9 0 the day dawned on them at Hebron “they arrived at Hebron by dawn the next morning” -2SA 3 intro ka39 0 # 2 Samuel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the first attempt to end the civil war.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:33-34.

## Special concepts in this chapter

David never wanted to hurt Saul’s family. Isbosheth criticized Abner and Abner became angry. He decided to help David become king of all of Israel. Abner came and made a treaty with David. As he left, Joab arrived and told him he wanted to talk to him and he murdered Abner. David was very unhappy that Abner had been killed. +2SA 3 intro ka39 0 # 2 Samuel 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the first attempt to end the civil war.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:33-34.

## Special concepts in this chapter

David never wanted to hurt Saul’s family. Isbosheth criticized Abner and Abner became angry. He decided to help David become king of all of Israel. Abner came and made a treaty with David. As he left, Joab arrived and told him he wanted to talk to him and he murdered Abner. David was very unhappy that Abner had been killed. 2SA 3 1 sq7q writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Samuel gives information about the war between David and the supporters of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2SA 3 1 u6f1 0 house Here “house” is used to mean “supporters.” 2SA 3 1 lag1 figs-metaphor 0 grew stronger and stronger This metaphor means the number of people supporting David increased. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 3 38 wxn9 figs-hendiadys 0 a prince and a great man These two phrases both refer to Abner. Alternate translation: “a great prince” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 2SA 3 39 e6ux translate-names 0 Zeruiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 3 39 bw2y 0 are too brutal “are too much like animals” or “are too violent” -2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and Ishbosheth
David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]) +2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and Ishbosheth
David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]) 2SA 4 1 jmf8 translate-names 0 Ishbosheth This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 4 1 jnb3 figs-synecdoche 0 his hands became weak In this phrase “his hands” represents Ishbosheth himself. Alternate translation: “Ishbosheth became weak” or “Ishbosheth lost all strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 4 2 zhe1 translate-names 0 Baanah … Recab … Rimmon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 4 11 pl52 figs-metonymy 0 require his blood from your hand The phrase “his blood” represents the life of Ishbosheth. Here “from your hand” represents Rechab and Baanah, the sons of Rimmon the Beerothite, introduced in [2 Samuel 4:5](./05.md). Alternate translation: “hold you responsible for the death of Ishbosheth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 4 12 b1ep translate-symaction 0 cut off their hands and feet and hung them up These were symbolic actions to show contempt for the men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2SA 4 12 a16g translate-symaction 0 they took the head of Ishbosheth and buried it in the grave This was a symbolic act to honor Ishbosheth. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “they honored Ishbosheth by burying his head in the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David conquers Jerusalem
David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.

### David consulting God
David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again. +2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David conquers Jerusalem
David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.

### David consulting God
David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again. 2SA 5 1 qs6r figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This phrase means “a relative.” Alternate translation: “we are related to you” or “we are of the same family” - (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2SA 5 2 h5dx writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2SA 5 2 fr5e figs-parallelism 0 You will shepherd my people Israel, and you will become ruler over Israel These two clauses mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh had chosen David to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 5 24 vp29 figs-123person 0 When you hear … Yahweh will have gone out before you to attack the army of the Philistines This is the continuation of Yahweh’s instruction to David that began in [2 Samuel 5:23](../05/23.md). Yahweh here speaks of himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 2SA 5 24 ccz2 figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 5 25 z8t1 translate-names 0 Geba … Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem
David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Dancing
David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem
David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Dancing
David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 2SA 6 1 prk3 0 Now This word marks a new part of the story. 2SA 6 1 dz26 figs-metonymy 0 all the chosen men of Israel This metonym represents the army of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 6 1 f7cl translate-numbers 0 thirty thousand “30,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 6 22 y1pu figs-metonymy 0 I will be humiliated in my own eyes Here “in my own eyes” represents what a person considers or thinks about something. Alternate translation: “I will consider myself humiliated” or “I will consider myself a fool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 6 22 ifj3 figs-activepassive 0 But by these slave girls you have spoken about, I will be honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But the slave girls of whom you have spoken will honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 6 23 cjq6 0 had no children to the day of her death “was never able to bear any children” -2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Covenant of David
God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Covenant of David
God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) 2SA 7 1 cu7z writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2SA 7 1 r5ag figs-abstractnouns 0 given him rest from all his surrounding enemies “given him safety from all his surrounding enemies.” Here “rest” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “caused the enemy people groups to stop attacking Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2SA 7 2 chf8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 7 28 pvq1 0 your words are trustworthy “I trust what you say” 2SA 7 29 n6ik figs-activepassive 0 with your blessing your servant’s house will be blessed forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless my family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 7 29 k3a5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house Here David refers to himself as “your servant.” Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God enabled victory
God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build. +2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God enabled victory
God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build. 2SA 8 1 drj7 figs-synecdoche 0 David attacked Here David represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 8 2 xbr2 figs-synecdoche 0 Then he defeated Here “he” refers to David who represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then they defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 8 2 tcx6 0 measured their men with a line … He measured off two lines to put to death, and one full line to keep alive Here the “line” is a “rope.” David had the soldiers lie down on the ground to be measured and sorted into three groups. The men in two groups were killed, and in the third, they were allowed to live. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 8 17 k3p5 translate-names 0 Ahitub … Ahimelech … Seraiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 8 18 gm1f translate-names 0 Benaiah … Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 8 18 xxs8 translate-names 0 Kerethites … Pelethites These are names of people-groups. These people were David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question and metaphor
Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question and metaphor
Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 9 1 t1g1 0 for Jonathan’s sake “because of my love for Jonathan” 2SA 9 1 cy22 0 Jonathan’s sake Jonathan was Saul’s son and David’s best friend. 2SA 9 2 id7a translate-names 0 Ziba This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv index d311a7b4a..75519df1c 100644 --- a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Kings

1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)
1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)
- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)
- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)
- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)
1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)
- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)
- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)
- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)
- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)
1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)
- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)
- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)
- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)
- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)
- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)
- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)
- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)
- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)
- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?

The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends. -1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.

This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

==The next king==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.

This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

==The next king==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm. 1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].) 1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched “So the king’s servants searched” @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah. 1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him The abstract noun “wickedness” can be translated as a verb. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exalting oneself
Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism
David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Parallelism

David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exalting oneself
Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism
David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Parallelism

David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death. 1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Putting the needs of others first
There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Putting the needs of others first
There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) 1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian. 1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies. 1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 3 26 uue9 0 General Information: The real mother asks the king to spare the child’s life. 1KI 3 26 ix5r figs-metaphor 0 her heart was full of compassion for her son This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1KI 3 28 caa5 figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. +1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. 1KI 4 1 lyk2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6. 1KI 4 2 e1li translate-names 0 Azariah … Zadok These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 4 3 hc81 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of Solomon’s officials. @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia. 1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. +1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. 1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple. 1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David” 1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 5 17 u9ki 0 General Information: Solomon continues to force men to build the temple. 1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape” 1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. +1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. 1KI 6 1 rj8r 0 General Information: The narrator describes the temple and its dimensions. This description continues through 1 Kings 6:38. 1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it” 1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bronze
Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.

### The temple and the palace
Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) +1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bronze
Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.

### The temple and the palace
Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) 1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace. 1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.” @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung. 1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel” 1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters . @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh
Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) +1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh
Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) 1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) diff --git a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv index bf8c073d5..0c725a24a 100644 --- a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Kings

1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)
- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)
- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)
- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)
- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)
- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)
- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)
- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)
1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)
1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.

### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?

The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends. -2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled “The people who lived in Moab rebelled” 2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken” 2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written … Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written … Israel.” or “someone has written about them in … Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around 2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head. 2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory and defeat
God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Anger
It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. +2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory and defeat
God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Anger
It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. 2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.” @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd. 2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Widow
Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. +2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Widow
Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. 2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband “My husband, who was your servant” 2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) +2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) 2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army” 2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy” 2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) 2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor. @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important” 2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused. 2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. +2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. 2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) 2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley” -2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kings
Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kings
Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) 2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story. 2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md). 2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life “he had caused to become alive again” @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Jehu
Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Jehu
Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv index edae40bf1..1183af9d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Chronicles

1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)
- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)
- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)
1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)
- Saul dies (10:1–14)
- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)
- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)
- David prospers (13:1–22:1)
- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?

The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?

The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God punish the people of Israel?

God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.

### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?

Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.

### What does it mean to “seek God”?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. -1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom. +1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom. 1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam … Seth … Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan … Mahalalel … Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch … Methuselah … Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz … Teman … Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel … Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob. +1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob. 1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er … Onan … Shelah … Shua … Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites … Shimeathites … Sucathites … Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath “the Kenites who descended from Hamath” 1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath … Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of King David. +1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of King David. 1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)). 1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam … Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the other descendants of Judah. +1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the other descendants of Judah. 1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel … Ishma … Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees “the remaining Amalekite refugees” 1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country 1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account. -1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh. +1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh. 1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah … Habor … Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md) -1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Levi. +1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Levi. 1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon … Kohath … Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath … Amram … Izhar … Hebron … Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram … Nadab … Abihu … Eleazar … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md). 1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River. +1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River. 1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar … Tola, Puah, Jashub … Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.” @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans” 1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men “important men” 1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family. +1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family. 1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah … Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela … Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul. +1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul. 1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants 1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book … Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book … Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv index 7a61a5ab4..013deb3db 100644 --- a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Chronicles

1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)
- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)
- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)
- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)
- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)
1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)
- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)
- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)

### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?

The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?

The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God punish the people of Israel?

God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.

### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?

Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.

### What does it mean to “seek God?”

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. -2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) 2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. 2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) 2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another -2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### House of God
The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) +2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### House of God
The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) 2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story. 2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself” @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Location of the temple
The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. +2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Location of the temple
The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. 2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named “Solomon named” 2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Special construction
Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. +2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Special construction
Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. 2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps. 2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moving the contents of the tent
Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moving the contents of the tent
Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored 2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel” @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple dedication
Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple dedication
Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty” 2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind “Remember” -2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s dream
God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s dream
God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple” 2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be expressed with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s victories
Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king. +2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s victories
Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king. 2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here. 2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon ends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s fame
Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon ends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s fame
Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) 2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants” 2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) diff --git a/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv b/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv index 7a56424f6..4301b15fe 100644 --- a/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_16-NEH.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Nehemiah

1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)
2. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)
3. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)
4. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)
5. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)
6. Ezra reads the law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)
7. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)
8. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)
9. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)
10. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)

### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?

A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a more complete title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?

Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?

Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?

The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God had allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile around 275 years earlier. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?

Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are told in an order that is different than the order in which they actually happened so that they events can be grouped by theme. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of chronological order. -NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”

This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance

This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### I

In this book, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.

### Israel

In this book, “Israel” probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group from the southern kingdom of Judah. At Nehemiah’s time, these would be the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who survived the destruction of Jerusalem by Babylon in 586 BC and the exile of many of them to Babylon. The other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East where most of them lost their identity as Israel. +NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”

This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance

This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### I

In this book, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.

### Israel

In this book, “Israel” probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group from the southern kingdom of Judah. At Nehemiah’s time, these would be the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who survived the destruction of Jerusalem by Babylon in 586 BC and the exile of many of them to Babylon. The other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East where most of them lost their identity as Israel. NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Nehemiah, the son of Hakaliah Nehemiah is the name of a man, and Hakaliah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 1 1 abc1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 Now it happened This is a common way of beginning a historical story. Use a natural way of beginning a story about something that actually happened. Alternate translation: “My story begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־כִּסְלֵיו֙ 1 in the month of Kislev **Kislev** is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ NEH 1 11 kr99 figs-123person וּ⁠תְנֵ֣⁠הוּ לְ⁠רַחֲמִ֔י NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 before the face of this man Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the action of seeing, and seeing is a figurative way of describing knowledge, perception, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, Nehemiah is asking God to cause the king to make a favorable decision in response to a request he plans to make. Alternate translation: “Please grant that the king will agree to the request that I am going to make.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 1 11 a21b figs-explicit הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 this man As we will discover in the next chapter, **this man** refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַ⁠אֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Now as for me, I was a cupbearer for the king This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. As a “cupbearer,” it was Nehemiah’s duty to serve the wine at the king’s table, but he was much more than a waiter or butler. When the king gave him this assignment, this showed that he trusted Nehemiah completely to protect him from being poisoned. Nehemiah’s work also allowed him to see the king frequently and get to know him. So this was an important office. Alternate translation: “At that time, I was an important official who served the wine at the king’s table.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 02 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Nehemiah’s character
Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Cultural Customs
In ancient Persia, people thought it was important for their conquered peoples to retain and practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.

### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Nehemiah’s character
Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Cultural Customs
In ancient Persia, people thought it was important for their conquered peoples to retain and practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.

### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) NEH 2 1 a23b writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Then it happened that Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. Alternate translation: “Then one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) NEH 2 1 a25b figs-explicit בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 in the month of Nisan, in year twenty of Artaxerxes the King Since there were twelve months in the Hebrew calendar, and it was still the same year in the reign of Artaxerxes, this means that four months had gone by since Hanani came and spoke with Nehemiah. The implication is that Nehemiah had been praying all this time in the way described in chapter 1. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I prayed like this for four months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 1 h3hu translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן 1 In the month of Nisan **Nisan** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ NEH 2 20 a33c figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנַ֥חְנוּ עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו נ NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** means to begin something. Alternate translation: “going to begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 20 a4e6 figs-doublet וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem The terms **share**, **right**, and **memorial** all mean something similar. Nehemiah uses them together for emphasis. The meanings are not entirely certain. “Share” may suggest that the Samaritans are not part of the community. “Right” may mean that they have no legal basis to say what should happen in Jerusalem. “Memorial” could mean that they had have no role in the city’s history, or that there is no record of their Israelite ancestry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (Note: A doublet can involve the use of more than two terms.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 2 20 a35c figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem Depending on their meaning, the terms “share,” “right,” and “memorial” may be abstract nouns. If so, you could translate the idea behind them with a phrase that expresses their overall meaning. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Priests
The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Cooperation
Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild. +NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Priests
The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Cooperation
Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild. NEH 3 1 ald8 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל 1 And Eliashib the high priest rose up This chapter records the names of the people who repaired the wall of Jerusalem, and it describes what parts of the wall they worked on. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly at the start of the chapter. (In this book Nehemiah records everything he did to help the people of Judah, and he prays that God will remember him and bless him for what he did. We see in this chapter that he also wants God to remember and bless everyone else who helped.) Alternate translation: “These are the names of the people who helped to rebuild the wall around Jerusalem. Now Eliashib the high priest rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 1 a37c figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם 1 And … rose up As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** here means to begin something. Alternate translation: “began to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. It occurs about a dozen times in the book of Nehemiah. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ NEH 3 31 r6sv וְ⁠עַ֖ד עֲלִיַּ֥ת הַ⁠פִּנָּֽה 1 even NEH 3 32 x1tq figs-explicit וּ⁠בֵ֨ין עֲלִיַּ֤ת הַ⁠פִּנָּה֙ לְ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 strengthened between the upper chamber of the corner to the gate of sheep This brings the description of the repairs back around to where they started. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly by saying “the last section.” Alternate translation: “repaired the last section of the wall, from the corner apartments to the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-synecdoche הַ⁠צֹּרְפִ֖ים וְ⁠הָ⁠רֹכְלִֽים 1 the goldsmiths and the merchants This does not mean all the goldsmiths and all the merchants. Nehemiah is once again using the names of whole groups to refer to parts of them. Alternate translation: “some of the other goldsmiths, along with some traders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 3 32 a69c translate-names לְ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 the gate of sheep This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 04 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Dedication
The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Dedication
The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 4 1 rnw3 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 And it happened that Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 4 1 a71c figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 And it burned him, and he was very angry These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how angry Sanballat was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ NEH 4 23 vfv3 figs-idiom וּ⁠נְעָרַ֗⁠י 1 As in [4:16](../04/16.md) NEH 4 23 flyg translate-unknown וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מִּשְׁמָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַחֲרַ֔⁠י 1 This likely refers to the personal bodyguard that the king would have assigned to Nehemiah when he appointed him to be the governor of Judah. (Nehemiah describes this appointment in [5:14](../05/14.md).) Alternate translation: “my personal bodyguard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 4 23 upc5 figs-ellipsis אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 Here the specific meaning of the Hebrew text is unknown, but Nehemiah is almost certainly leaving out some of the words that a sentence would normally have to have in order to be complete. He says that he and his relatives, servants, and bodyguards did not take off their clothes, **or anyone his weapon at the water.** This could mean that “no one took his weapon off even when he was washing himself” or that “no one took his weapon off even when going to get water.” If it would be clearer in your language if you explained what “at the water” might mean, you could choose one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “Each of us always had our weapons with us, even when we were washing ourselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 4 23 v2e1 figs-idiom פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑י⁠נוּ אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥⁠וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means **anyone.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Equality

The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])

### Governor
Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation. +NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Equality

The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])

### Governor
Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation. NEH 5 1 za4u grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י 1 Nehemiah now relates something else that was happening even while the Jews were trying to rebuild the wall and defend themselves against their enemies. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Around this same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 **Outcry** is an abstract noun that refers to the complaints that the poorer Jews made to Nehemiah about how the wealthier and more powerful Jews were treating them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “complain.” Since Nehemiah says this was a “great” outcry, involving many serious grievances, you could intensify the verb with an adverb such as “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives complained bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 5 1 czx5 הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **the people** seems to indicate certain men who lived in Jerusalem, since Nehemiah also mentions their wives. Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives” @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ NEH 5 19 b1i7 figs-aside זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י ל NEH 5 19 b1i9 figs-idiom זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י…לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 To remember someone **for good** is an idiom that means to reward someone with good things for the good that they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 19 b1j1 figs-idiom זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 In this context, **remember** means to think about someone and consider what action you can take on their behalf. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten him. Alternate translation: “think of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 19 b1j3 כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֖יתִי עַל־הָ⁠עָ֥ם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 Nehemiah is once again leaving out some words that a sentence would ordinarily need. He is asking God to do good things for him because of all the good things he has done for the people of Judah as their governor. Alternate translation: “reward me because of all the good that I have done for the people of Judah” -NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.

The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracle

Completing this city wall in only 52 days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas. +NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.

The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracle

Completing this city wall in only 52 days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas. NEH 6 1 c1a1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) NEH 6 1 c1a3 figs-synecdoche נִשְׁמַ֣ע 1 This means that these enemies learned somehow that the wall was finished. Perhaps someone came and told them, or perhaps they received a written report. Nehemiah figuratively uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe these men learning this. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 6 1 c1a5 figs-activepassive כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁמַ֣ע…וּ⁠לְ⁠יֶ֣תֶר אֹֽיְבֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ NEH 6 18 y3lg translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְי NEH 6 19 mj72 figs-metaphor טוֹבֹתָ֗י⁠ו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “told me personally about Tobiah’s good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 6 19 c1n3 הָי֤וּ 1 **They** means the people who were loyal to Tobiah. NEH 6 19 e3zt figs-idiom וּ⁠דְבָרַ֕⁠י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑⁠וֹ 1 **Taking out** here is an idiom that means these people were “reporting” Nehemiah’s responses to Tobiah. Alternate translation: “and then told him about my responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 07 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Genealogy

The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.

### Different lists
This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times. +NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Genealogy

The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.

### Different lists
This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times. NEH 7 1 d1a1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 This expression introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) NEH 7 1 g3zz figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when we had finished the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 1 fk6l figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֖יד הַ⁠דְּלָת֑וֹת 1 As in [4:14](../04/14.md) and [6:1,](../06/01.md), Nehemiah is using himself to represent the entire community that he is a part of. Alternate translation: “and we had put the doors in the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ NEH 7 73 jaj3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ 1 At NEH 7 73 e7np translate-unknown הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֡ם וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִים֩ וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֨ים וּ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֧ם וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֛ים וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Five of the groups in this list are also named in the document about the people who returned from exile: the priests (verses 39–43), the Levites (verse 43), the gatekeepers (verse 45), the singers (verse 44), and the temple servants (verses 46–56). You can use those same names for these groups here. It is not immediately clear who “some from the people” are, and why they are not included in “all Israel.” You could just say “many ordinary people.” However, there is very similar list in [10:28](../10/28.md) that names these same five groups and also describes people who dedicated themselves to following the law of God. That would unfortunately not have included all of Israel at this point, so that may be the distinction that is in view here. Alternate translation: “the priests, the Levites, the gatekeepers, the singers, the temple servants, some people who dedicated themselves to follow the law, and the rest of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 73 a2ub figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ…בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The rebuilding of the wall was completed that year near the end of Elul, the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The implication is that everyone who had come to Jerusalem to work on the wall was then allowed to return home. Within about a week, by the beginning of the seventh month, they were all back home. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So … returned to their homes, because the rebuilding of the wall had been completed. By the beginning of the next month, they were all back home.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reading of the law

During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Festival of Shelters

After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt. +NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reading of the law

During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Festival of Shelters

After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt. NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 The word **all** is a generalization that indicates that everyone who was able and available came to Jerusalem for this occasion. By “the people,” Nehemiah means the groups he described in the previous verse who had come back to live in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 8 1 e1a1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ…כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 Verses 8 and 9 explain that the people had gathered for a festival, and [8:2](../08/02.md) states that this was the first day of the seventh month, which means that the people had gathered in Jerusalem for the Festival of Trumpets. In the Law of Moses, Yahweh had commanded the people to observe this celebration on this date. If it would be helpful to your readers to know why the people came together on this day, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “gathered in Jerusalem in a huge crowd for a special celebration known as the Festival of Trumpets.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 1 e1a3 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one man** is an idiom that means “as if they were a single person,” that is, all in once place at the same time. Alternate translation: “gathered in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ NEH 8 18 g9rl figs-idiom י֣וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֔וֹם 1 This is an idiom t NEH 8 18 j9aj figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הָ⁠אַחֲר֑וֹן 1 The story is describing the entire festival by speaking of two extreme parts of it, its first day and its last day. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “throughout the entire festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 8 18 c1cp figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י עֲצֶ֖רֶת כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 **They** means the people of Judah. The **ordinance** refers to the command in the Law of Moses to end the Festival of Tabernacles by gathering all of the Israelites together for a closing ceremony after seven days. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles for seven days, and on the eighth day they held a closing ceremony together, as the Law of Moses commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter and the next one form a single section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prayer to God

The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes
This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Recalling the great power of God
It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter and the next one form a single section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prayer to God

The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes
This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Recalling the great power of God
It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 **This month** means the seventh month of that year according to the Hebrew calendar, as specified in [8:2](../08/02.md) and [8:14](../08/14.md). The Law of Moses said to observe the Festival of Tabernacles from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of that month. The implication is that after that joyful celebration, the people were given one full day to rest and prepare for the gathering that this chapter describes. It had a different and more solemn purpose. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “On the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month of that year, two days after the joyful Festival of Tabernacles had ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NEH 9 1 f1a1 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 Alternate translation: “On day 24 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 9 1 lm7m figs-activepassive נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_17-EST.tsv b/en_tn_17-EST.tsv index 05c78d0c5..4fbf8a3c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_17-EST.tsv +++ b/en_tn_17-EST.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Esther

1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)
2. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)
3. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)
4. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)
5. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)
6. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)
7. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)
8. Conclusion (10:1–3)

### What is the Book of Esther about?

The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.

This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur,” which means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Persian Empire?

King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had earlier taken into exile.

### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?

In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.

### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?

The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.

The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?

In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand. -EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s divorce

The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her. +EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s divorce

The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her. EST 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 Now it happened In the Old Testament, this is a standard way of beginning a historical story. Many languages have similar story-opening formulas, and if your language has one, you can use it. But do not use it if it would suggest that the story is not real, only made up. Alternate translation: “this account happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 1 1 zzz2 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 In the days of Ahasuerus The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a longer period of time. You could just say “during the reign of Ahasuerus,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “in the time of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EST 1 1 qwe1 translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 Ahasuerus This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children. EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther becomes queen

Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.

### Mordecai warns the king against a plot

Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her. +EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther becomes queen

Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.

### Mordecai warns the king against a plot

Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her. EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 2 1 e4lp כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 when the rage of the king Ahasuerus subsided Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry” EST 2 1 agj9 זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ 1 he remembered Vashti This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown עֵ֑ץ 1 on a tree This seems to refer specifi EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֗ב 1 And it was written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EST 2 23 abh5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠סֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ים 1 the book of the events of days This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EST 2 23 abh6 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Haman plots against the Jews

Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies. +EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Haman plots against the Jews

Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies. EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. Use a connecting phrase that introduces a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 3 1 abh7 grammar-connect-time-sequential אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This event happened some time after Esther became queen, and you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EST 3 1 ir5v translate-names הָמָ֧ן 1 Haman This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ EST 3 15 wm4u figs-explicit נָבֽוֹכָה 1 the city of Susa was in confusi EST 3 15 wbgv grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר 1 The author wants us to see the contrast between the king and Haman sitting down to relax and drink and the people in the city agitated and in an uproar over what the king and Haman had proclaimed. Use a connecting word or other way that your language uses to show a contrast.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EST 3 15 abn7 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֥יר שׁוּשָׁ֖ן 1 but the city of Susa This does not mean the city itself, but the people who live there. This is a figure of speech in which something is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. So this means “everyone who lived in Susa” or the people in Susa (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EST 3 15 abn8 figs-abstractnouns נָבֽוֹכָה 1 was in confusion You can translate the abstract noun **confusion** with a verbal phrase such as “was very confused.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mordecai warns Esther to act

Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives even if she risks her own death.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Implicit information

There is implicit information that translators may not understand. The sentence, “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mordecai warns Esther to act

Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives even if she risks her own death.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Implicit information

There is implicit information that translators may not understand. The sentence, “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 4 1 j37r writing-participants וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י יָדַע֙ 1 Now when Mordecai knew Here the story re-introduces Mordecai as the main character in focus. Alternate translation: “when Mordecai found out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EST 4 1 nya6 כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשָׂ֔ה 1 about all that had been done Alternate translation: “about Haman’s plan to kill all the Jews” or “about those letters” EST 4 1 vgy8 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּלְבַּ֥שׁ שַׂ֖ק וָ⁠אֵ֑פֶר 1 he tore his garments and put on sackcloth and ashes These actions demonstrate extreme sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ EST 4 16 abs3 אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־כַ⁠דָּ֔ת 1 which is not accordi EST 4 16 abs4 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי 1 and if I perish, I perish Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me” EST 4 17 abs5 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Mordecai went The implication is that Mordecai did this after Hathak brought Esther’s reply back to him. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so after Hathak told this to Mordecai, he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 4 17 abs6 כְּ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 according to the whole charge that Esther had laid upon him Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do” -EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther’s respect
Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther’s respect
Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 5 1 j53r writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 Now it happened on the third day This introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “three days later” or “when Esther had been fasting for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 5 1 abs7 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty You can use an adjective and a concrete noun to translate the abstract noun “royalty,” as in the UST, or you could use a phrase to explain what they were. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EST 5 1 abs8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מּ EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows” EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Approaching the king
It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king. +EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Approaching the king
It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king. EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 That night This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the sleep of the king fled away Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּר EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly” EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 that Esther had made Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Covering Haman’s face

When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Covering Haman’s face

When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 So the king came with Haman to drink with Esther the queen. Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 on the second day This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 during the banquet of wine Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them” @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַ EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s protection
Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people. +EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s protection
Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people. EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ EST 8 17 aci7 וְ⁠רַבִּ֞ים מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶ EST 8 17 aci8 figs-idiom מֵֽ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 from the peoples of the land The **peoples of the land** were the non-Jewish people groups within the empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 dread of the Jews had fallen on them Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “they had become very afraid of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EST 8 17 aci9 figs-events נָפַ֥ל פַּֽחַד־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֖ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 dread of the Jews had fallen upon them To present the events in chronological order, you can say this before saying that the people from the other groups became Jews themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Purim

The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”

## Important stylistic devices in this chapter

### Ironic Situation

The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.

### Opening Summary

Verse 1 of chapter 9 provides a summary of everything that happens in this chapter. If using an opening summary is not normally used in your language, be sure to mark this as a summary either in the text or in a footnote. An opening summary like this is a characteristic device of Hebrew storytelling. So even though it describes the final outcome, we do not recommend that you move it to the end of the chapter unless it is very confusing to leave it here. To make it clear that verse 1 is only a summary and not the entire story, you could say something like this at the end of the verse: “This is what happened” or “Here are more details about what happened.” +EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Purim

The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”

## Important stylistic devices in this chapter

### Ironic Situation

The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.

### Opening Summary

Verse 1 of chapter 9 provides a summary of everything that happens in this chapter. If using an opening summary is not normally used in your language, be sure to mark this as a summary either in the text or in a footnote. An opening summary like this is a characteristic device of Hebrew storytelling. So even though it describes the final outcome, we do not recommend that you move it to the end of the chapter unless it is very confusing to leave it here. To make it clear that verse 1 is only a summary and not the entire story, you could say something like this at the end of the verse: “This is what happened” or “Here are more details about what happened.” EST 9 1 j8r7 writing-newevent וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 Now in the twelfth month This introduces a new event. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 9 1 acj0 figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ הוּא־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אֲדָ֗ר בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Now in the twelfth month, which is the month of Adar, on the thirteenth day of it The implication is that this happened in the twelfth month of the same year that the letters were sent out. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of that year, the month of Adar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 9 1 j8r9 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנֵים֩ עָשָׂ֨ר חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 Now in the twelfth month Alternate translation: “now in the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) diff --git a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv index b1c67d22a..42ef84fc4 100644 --- a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Job

1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)
- Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)
- Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)
1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)
- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar
- Job replies to each
1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)
- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar
- Job replies to each
1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)
- Eliphaz and Bildad
- Job replies to each
1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)
1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)
1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)
1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)
1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)

### What is the Book of Job about?

The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”

### Who wrote the Book of Job?

We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Does sin cause suffering?

When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?

Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.

### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?

We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?

The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.

### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?

The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books. -JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wealth
Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Feasts
Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wealth
Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Feasts
Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are: (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God “one who honored God” @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JOB 1 20 d1w8 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe, shaved his head These were r JOB 1 21 wph4 0 I was naked when I came out of my mother’s womb, and I will be naked when I will return there “At my birth, I brought nothing into the world, and at my death I will return to the earth with nothing” JOB 1 22 l3ef 0 In all this matter “Regarding all this that happened” JOB 1 22 xns1 0 accuse God of wrongdoing “say that God had done wrong” -JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) JOB 2 1 rz1x 0 General Information: This verse is almost exactly the same as [Job 1:6](../01/06.md) and can probably be translated in the same way. JOB 2 1 r1zs 0 Then it was the day See how you translated this in [Job 1:6](../01/06.md). JOB 2 1 hst1 0 the day when This is not a specific day. The gathering happened often. Alternate translation: “at the time when” or “one day when” @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating “Instead of eating, I m JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Sickness and sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Sickness and sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits. JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively” @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age “You will die at a very old age” JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance “on a scale” JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent “Please relent.” JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 7 1 eq7p figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer continues to use parallelism in each of these verses, conveying a single idea using two different statements to emphasize that his personal suffering is part of the universal suffering which all people experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away “remove” JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist “I will not be here” or “I will be gone” -JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints. JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed” JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more “will not last” or “will be destroyed” -JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so “I know that what you say is true” JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said. JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? “how can anyone be innocent before God?” diff --git a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv index c271568dc..b21571d5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote PSA front intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Psalms

1. Book One (Psalms 1-41)
1. Book Two (Psalms 42-72)
1. Book Three (Psalms 73-89)
1. Book Four (Psalms 90-106)
1. Book Five (Psalms 107-150)

### What is the Book of Psalms?

The Book of Psalms is a collection of songs. People called psalmists wrote them for different reasons. In some psalms, the psalmists expressed their praise for God. In other psalms, they asked God for help and expressed confidence in his love and power. In others, they confessed their sins and begged for mercy. The Israelites wrote some psalms to ask Yahweh to defeat their enemies. Other psalms celebrated the event of a new king beginning his reign. Psalmists also wrote to praise the city of Jerusalem. They wrote some psalms to instruct people on how to be wise by honoring Yahweh and obeying his law. Also, pilgrims sang some of the psalms while traveling to Jerusalem to worship there. Some psalms became songs of praise in the temple worship of Yahweh.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title of this book, “The Book of Psalms” or just “Psalms.” Another title of this book is “Songs of Praise.” Translators may express this meaning in their own languages, or they may choose to use or transliterate the name from another language version if it is well known. For example, the French title “Les Psaumes” might be understood by everyone in a project language, if French is the language of wider communication in the region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### When was the Book of Psalms written?

The Psalms were written over a long period of time. Moses probably wrote the earliest psalm around 1400 B.C. David and Asaph wrote their psalms between 1020 and 975 B.C. The Korahites may have written their psalms before Jerusalem was destroyed and the Jews were exiled to Babylon in 587 B.C. Psalm 126 appears to come from the period after the exile, which ended in 538 B.C.

### What are the Messianic psalms?

Some psalms are called “Messianic psalms.” New Testament writers considered these psalms to prophesy about the Messiah, Jesus Christ. They cited Psalms 2, 8, 16, 22, 34, 40, 41, 45, 68, 69, 89, 102, 109, 110, and 118 at least one time each in the New Testament.

### What are superscriptions in the Psalms?

Many psalms give some information called superscriptions before the beginning of the psalm. Some of the expressions in the superscriptions are difficult to understand, so modern versions often have different interpretations of them.

Seventy-three psalms are called “A psalm of David.” This may mean they were written by King David. Or, it could mean someone wrote them for David or in the style that David used when he composed poetry. The superscriptions of some psalms give the historical situations in which they were written.

Some superscriptions give instructions about how they should be played and sung. They tell which instruments, singers, or melodies that should be used for that psalm. Fifty-five psalms are addressed “to the choirmaster” or “chief musician.” The psalmists seem to have meant them to be used in temple worship.

Traditionally, English versions do not give verse numbers to the superscriptions. But many versions in other languages do. Whether or not translators give them verse numbers, they should consider the superscriptions in the Psalms as part of the divinely inspired biblical text.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are some important ways in which Yahweh is pictured in the Book of Psalms?

The psalmists often pictured Yahweh as:

* a king who rules over the nation of Israel and over all the nations
* a shepherd who leads the people of Israel and also the individual psalm writers
* a “rock,” that is, a high rocky mountain on which people can be completely safe from their enemies
* a strong warrior who always defeats his enemies.

### What is the importance of honor and shame in the Book of Psalms?

When people honor someone, they think well of him and may even admire him. On the other hand, if people shame someone, that person loses honor and is disgraced.

Psalmists often expressed a great desire that Yahweh would be honored by the Israelites and also by the rest of the world.

Also, psalmists often expressed fear that they would be shamed by their enemies. When they felt this way, the psalmists wrote of their trust that Yahweh would not allow this to happen.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the ULT and UST display the Book of Psalms as poetry, but some modern versions do not?

The psalmists wrote the Psalms as Hebrew poetry. The ULT and UST set each line farther to the right on the page than regular text is placed to show that the writing is poetry rather than prose.

This style typically uses pairs of poetic lines that relate to each other in different ways. Usually, poetic lines are said to be “parallel” to each other. A line that is indented farther to the right is paired with the line above it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Translators will have to decide whether to present the Psalms as poetry or as prose in their own language. Translators will need to consider whether their language has poetic forms that are suitable for expressing the Psalms.

### Why do some versions number the Psalms differently than others?

From ancient times, people have numbered the Psalms in different ways. The Jews numbered the Psalms in Hebrew in one way. When they translated the Psalms into Greek, they numbered them in a different way. As a result, the Hebrew numbering and the Greek numbering of Psalms were both passed down through the centuries. They are both still in use today. Translators will probably want to number the Psalms in the same way that most versions in their own country do.

### How should the translator view the terms Selah and Higgaion that occur in various psalms?

“Selah” and “Higgaion” seem to be musical terms inserted as directions for singers and musicians. Scholars do not agree as to their meaning. For this reason, translators may decide to transliterate them or leave them out but not try to translate them. -PSA 1 intro fan4 0 # Psalm 001 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessed
A main theme in this psalm is what it means to be blessed. Here “blessed” refers to anyone who is well off because of a good relationship to God. The contrasting theme is that there are ungodly people, those who refuse to honor God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### People who opposed Yahweh

There are several words in this psalm for those who oppose God: “the wicked” (those who do evil), “sinners” (those who ignore God’s law), and “mockers” (those who mock God and the righteous people). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PSA 1 intro fan4 0 # Psalm 01 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessed
A main theme in this psalm is what it means to be blessed. Here “blessed” refers to anyone who is well off because of a good relationship to God. The contrasting theme is that there are ungodly people, those who refuse to honor God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### People who opposed Yahweh

There are several words in this psalm for those who oppose God: “the wicked” (those who do evil), “sinners” (those who ignore God’s law), and “mockers” (those who mock God and the righteous people). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PSA 1 1 w56f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 1 1 gz4n figs-metaphor 0 who does not walk in the advice of the wicked The “advice of the wicked” is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. Alternate translation: “who does not follow the advice of the wicked” or “who does not do what wicked people advise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 1 1 uqr7 figs-metaphor 0 stand in the pathway with sinners Here the word “pathway” represents the way people live. The word “stand” is in parallel with “walk.” Alternate translation: “imitate the behavior of sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ PSA 1 5 nr84 figs-metonymy 0 nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous Being PSA 1 6 wmx7 figs-parallelism 0 For Yahweh approves of the way of the righteous, but the way of the wicked will perish These two clauses contrast what happens to righteous people with what happens to wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 1 6 cxy6 figs-metaphor 0 the way of the righteous How people live is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they are walking on. Alternate translation: “how the righteous live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 1 6 jy56 figs-metaphor 0 the way of the wicked will perish How people live and what they do is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they walk on. This could mean: (1) the way perishing represents the wicked perishing because of how they live. Alternate translation: “The wicked will die because of how they live” or (2) the way perishing is a metaphor for no longer being able to live the way they do. Alternate translation: “the wicked will no longer be able to live the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 2 intro z14u 0 # Psalm 002 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection

The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +PSA 2 intro z14u 0 # Psalm 02 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection

The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 2 1 bht4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 2 1 e4gn figs-rquestion 0 Why are the nations in turmoil, and why do the peoples make plots that will fail? These questions are used to show surprise that the people are doing things that are so wrong and foolish. Alternate translation: “The nations are in turmoil and the peoples are making plots that will fail.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PSA 2 1 zq9d 0 are the nations in turmoil This probably means that the nations were making a noisy and angry commotion. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ PSA 2 12 w4m8 translate-symaction 0 Kiss the son People would show their king t PSA 2 12 v3bs 0 you will die in the way This may refer to dying right there, before the person has a chance to go away. Alternate translation: “you will die immediately” PSA 2 12 l654 figs-metaphor 0 when his anger burns for just a moment The king’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that could burn. Alternate translation: “when he suddenly becomes very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 2 12 ty9p figs-metaphor 0 seek refuge in him Asking the king for protection is spoken of as seeking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “ask the king to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 3 intro py7j 0 # Psalm 003 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 3 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a morning song intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during morning worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Although the psalmist has many enemies and is saying he is without help, God is protecting him and delivering him from danger. +PSA 3 intro py7j 0 # Psalm 03 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 3 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a morning song intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during morning worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Although the psalmist has many enemies and is saying he is without help, God is protecting him and delivering him from danger. PSA 3 1 ylp1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 3 1 g1yb 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. PSA 3 1 xp7i figs-exclamations 0 Yahweh, how many are my enemies! This exclamation shows that David is afraid of his enemies. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, I have so many enemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ PSA 3 7 az5m figs-parallelism 0 hit all my enemies … break the teeth of the w PSA 3 7 r6xe translate-symaction 0 For you will hit all my enemies on the jaw This was a way of insulting people. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically hit his enemies. Alternate translation: “For you will insult all my enemies like someone hitting them on the jaw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 3 7 k36i figs-metaphor 0 you will break the teeth of the wicked Animals attack with their teeth. Breaking their teeth takes away their power to attack. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically fight against the wicked. Alternate translation: “you will make the wicked unable to harm me like someone breaking the teeth of a ferocious animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 3 8 x9bn figs-abstractnouns 0 Salvation comes from Yahweh The abstract noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh saves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 4 intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 004 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 4 is a psalm of deliverance. It is an evening song, intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during evening worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
God protects all those who truly trust in him for protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 4 intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 04 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 4 is a psalm of deliverance. It is an evening song, intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during evening worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
God protects all those who truly trust in him for protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 4 1 zjj1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 4 1 q28k 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 4 1 k7md 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song” @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ PSA 4 7 b9ht figs-metaphor 0 You have given my heart more gladness than others PSA 4 7 izx5 figs-metonymy 0 when their grain and new wine abound “New wine” may represent grapes. Alternate translation: “when they reap plentiful harvests of grain and grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 4 8 b57u figs-metaphor 0 It is in peace that I will lie down and sleep Peace is spoken of as if it were a place. This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “peace.” Alternate translation: “I will be peaceful when I lie down and sleep” or “I will not be afraid of danger when I lie down and sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 4 8 p2ce figs-doublet 0 make me safe and secure The words “safe” and “secure” mean basically the same thing and emphasize complete safety. Alternate translation: “make me completely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -PSA 5 intro e67h 0 # Psalm 005 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 5 is a psalm of deliverance. Notice how the psalmist both praises God and asks Him for help in defeating the wicked. It was intended to be sung accompanied by flutes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God does not help people who do evil but he blesses those who are good and trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 5 intro e67h 0 # Psalm 05 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 5 is a psalm of deliverance. Notice how the psalmist both praises God and asks Him for help in defeating the wicked. It was intended to be sung accompanied by flutes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God does not help people who do evil but he blesses those who are good and trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 5 1 k92k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 5 1 q7tu 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 5 1 tu54 0 with wind instruments “This song should be accompanied by people who play wind instruments.” @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ PSA 5 11 w32e figs-parallelism 0 those who take refuge in you rejoice … shout PSA 5 11 h7eq figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 5 11 jnt7 figs-metonymy 0 those who love your name God’s name represents him. Alternate translation: “those who love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 5 12 t1zz figs-simile 0 you will surround them with favor as with a shield God’s favor is spoken of as if it were a shield. Alternate translation: “you will favor them and protect them as a soldier protects himself with his shield” or “because you are kind to them, you will protect them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -PSA 6 intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 006 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 6 is a deliverance psalm: a call to God for help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trouble
He is in deep trouble and needs God to help him in his difficult situation. But then God hears his prayer and scatters his enemies.

### First Person

This psalm is written using first person making its perspective very personal. There are many uses of the first person in this Psalm. +PSA 6 intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 06 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 6 is a deliverance psalm: a call to God for help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trouble
He is in deep trouble and needs God to help him in his difficult situation. But then God hears his prayer and scatters his enemies.

### First Person

This psalm is written using first person making its perspective very personal. There are many uses of the first person in this Psalm. PSA 6 1 qy9s writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 6 1 z78f 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 6 1 w19w 0 on stringed instruments “people should play stringed instruments with this song” @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ PSA 6 7 fup4 figs-metonymy 0 My eyes grow dim The ability to see is spoken of i PSA 6 7 gny4 figs-metonymy 0 from grief Grief here represents crying. Alternate translation: “from crying” or “because I cry so much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 6 9 j23z figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh has heard my appeal for mercy … Yahweh has accepted my prayer These two lines have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 6 9 dq36 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has accepted my prayer Being willing to do what David has prayed for is spoken of as accepting his prayer. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will respond to my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 7 intro zey1 0 # Psalm 007 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
The author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.

### Cush the Benjamite
Note the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul. +PSA 7 intro zey1 0 # Psalm 07 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
The author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.

### Cush the Benjamite
Note the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul. PSA 7 1 wzv4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 7 1 v239 0 A musical composition of David “This is a song that David wrote” PSA 7 1 huv1 figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you! Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ PSA 7 11 j5zn figs-explicit 0 a God who is indignant each day Who God is angry PSA 7 12 y4zk figs-metaphor 0 God will sharpen his sword and will prepare his bow for battle In verses 12 and 13, David speaks of God deciding to punish the wicked as if God were a warrior preparing to fight against them with weapons. Alternate translation: “God will take action against him like a warrior who sharpens his sword and prepares his bow for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 7 14 l54a figs-metaphor 0 one who is pregnant with wickedness … conceives destructive plans … gives birth to harmful lies David speaks of the things that a wicked person does as if the person were pregnant and wickedness was the baby. Alternate translation: “the wicked person. He makes plans to destroy people and produces harmful lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 7 16 p524 figs-metaphor 0 His own destructive plans return to his own head, for his violence comes down on his own head Destruction and violence are spoken of as if they hit a person’s head or fall down on it. Alternate translation: “His own destructive plans destroy him, for his violence attacks him” or “When he plans to destroy others, others destroy him; when he attacks others, others attack him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 8 intro rs24 0 # Psalm 008 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s creation
God has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings

[Psalms Psalm 8:4-6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6-8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) +PSA 8 intro rs24 0 # Psalm 08 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s creation
God has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings

[Psalms Psalm 8:4-6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6-8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) PSA 8 1 lk7t writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 8 1 i9hb 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 8 1 ye1p 0 set to the gittith style This may refer to a style of music. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ PSA 8 6 py2w figs-metaphor 0 you have put all things under his feet Having auth PSA 8 9 y339 figs-exclamations 0 how magnificent is your name in all the earth With this exclamation, David shows his joy and awe about how great God is. Alternate translation: “your name is wonderfully magnificent in all the earth” or “people in all the earth know how magnificent you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) PSA 8 9 dvi7 figs-metonymy 0 your name God’s “name” represents him or his reputation. Alternate translation: “your reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 8 9 bf2u 0 magnificent excellent, great -PSA 9 intro zq96 0 # Psalm 009 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 9 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.

### Acrostic Psalm

This psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.

### One Psalm or two

This psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm. +PSA 9 intro zq96 0 # Psalm 09 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 9 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.

### Acrostic Psalm

This psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.

### One Psalm or two

This psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm. PSA 9 1 xxu5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 9 1 w9iy 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 9 1 nqw5 0 set to Muth Labben This may refer to a style of music. @@ -3713,7 +3713,7 @@ PSA 99 5 j6yj figs-explicit 0 worship at his footstool Here the word “footsto PSA 99 7 cv85 0 solemn important, given seriously PSA 99 8 v1qa 0 You answered them “You answered your people” PSA 99 9 lw8c 0 his holy hill “Mount Zion” -PSA 100 intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 100 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s care for his creation
God made mankind and takes good care of people. +PSA 100 intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 10 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s care for his creation
God made mankind and takes good care of people. PSA 100 1 m9ga writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 100 1 xue7 0 Shout joyfully to Yahweh “Raise a shout to Yahweh.” See how “shout” is translated in [Psalms 47:1](../047/001.md). PSA 100 1 szl7 figs-metonymy 0 all the earth This refers to all the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “everyone on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ PSA 100 4 zt85 figs-metonymy 0 bless his name The word “name” is a metonym PSA 100 5 qn11 figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he is faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 100 5 e52y figs-ellipsis 0 his truthfulness through all generations The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. The abstract noun “truthfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his truthfulness endures through all generations” or “he is truthful through all generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 100 5 nly8 0 through all generations “generation after generation.” See how this is translated in [Psalms 89:4](../089/004.md). -PSA 101 intro vhm3 0 # Psalm 101 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 101 is a psalm asking God’s help in living as a person should.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Encouragement
The psalmist wanted to encourage all the good people in the land restrain all the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 101 intro vhm3 0 # Psalm 11 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 101 is a psalm asking God’s help in living as a person should.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Encouragement
The psalmist wanted to encourage all the good people in the land restrain all the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 101 1 icq7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 101 1 lx29 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will sing of covenant faithfulness and justice The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “justice” can be translated with adjectives. Alternate translation: “I will sing that you are faithful to your covenant and that you are just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 101 2 v15m figs-metaphor 0 I will walk in the way of integrity Here David speaks about “living” as if it were “walking.” Alternate translation: “I will live in a way that is honest and right” or “I will live a life full of integrity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3745,7 +3745,7 @@ PSA 101 7 hk5x figs-synecdoche 0 before my eyes Here “my eyes” refers to Da PSA 101 8 xql1 0 Morning by morning “Every day” PSA 101 8 e3n4 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “the wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 101 8 nwb7 figs-explicit 0 from the city of Yahweh David is referring to the city that he is in as “the city of Yahweh.” This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “from this city, which is Yahweh’s city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -PSA 102 intro ew2b 0 # Psalm 102 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 102 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Salvation
The author does not want to die young. He also wants to see Jerusalem saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 102 intro ew2b 0 # Psalm 12 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 102 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Salvation
The author does not want to die young. He also wants to see Jerusalem saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 102 1 p5kd writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 102 1 g5ux figs-nominaladj 0 the afflicted This refers to a man who is afflicted. Alternate translation: “the afflicted man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 102 3 z22d figs-simile 0 my days pass away like smoke Here “my days” refers to the author’s life and the idea of “smoke” is something that quickly disappears. Alternate translation: “my life passes away quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -3786,7 +3786,7 @@ PSA 102 26 r72f 0 they will all grow old The word “they” refers to “the PSA 102 27 fd7u figs-metaphor 0 your years will have no end Here David describes the length of time that God is alive as his “years.” This can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) PSA 102 28 va7h 0 will live on “will continue to live” PSA 102 28 nf8i figs-metaphor 0 live in your presence Here David describes the descendants being protected by Yahweh as being in his presence. Alternate translation: “be protected as they live in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 103 intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 103 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s grace
God is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +PSA 103 intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 13 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s grace
God is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) PSA 103 1 j269 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 103 1 dn28 figs-parallelism 0 I give praise to Yahweh with all my life, and with all that is within me, I give praise to his holy name These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how much he will praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all that I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 103 1 tv2n figs-metonymy 0 give praise to his holy name This refers to praising Yahweh’s name as Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3825,7 +3825,7 @@ PSA 103 19 q47p figs-metonymy 0 his kingdom rules Here Yahweh is referred to by PSA 103 21 hie6 figs-idiom 0 carry out his will This is an idiom meaning to “do his will.” Alternate translation: “do his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 103 22 kgz3 0 in all the places where he reigns “praise him in all the places where he reigns” PSA 103 22 te1g figs-metonymy 0 with all my life This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 104 intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 104 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea. +PSA 104 intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 14 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea. PSA 104 1 n2h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. This psalm is a song of praise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 104 1 h3du figs-metonymy 0 with all my life This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 104 1 pn87 figs-doublet 0 you are clothed with splendor and majesty The words “splendor” and “majesty” have similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s glory. They are described as clothing Yahweh like a garment. Alternate translation: “you have splendor and majesty all around you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3883,7 +3883,7 @@ PSA 104 30 bvs4 0 you renew the countryside “you cause the land to be full o PSA 104 34 wqg4 figs-metaphor 0 my thoughts be sweet He is comparing his thoughts to something that tastes sweet. Alternate translation: “my thoughts be pleasing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 104 35 j2if 0 vanish disappear PSA 104 35 d8e7 figs-nominaladj 0 let the wicked be no more The phrase “the wicked” refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “may wicked people disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -PSA 105 intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 105 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +PSA 105 intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 15 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) PSA 105 1 zzf7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 105 1 vd4n figs-metonymy 0 call on his name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “call on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 105 1 x3bs figs-metonymy 0 the nations This refers to the people in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3947,7 +3947,7 @@ PSA 105 43 s27l figs-parallelism 0 He led his people out … his chosen with sh PSA 105 43 is64 figs-nominaladj 0 his chosen Here “chosen” refers to Yahweh’s chosen people. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 105 43 vc3k 0 shouts of triumph the sound that people make when they are shouting with joy because they have defeated their enemies PSA 105 45 x32z figs-parallelism 0 keep his statutes and obey his laws These two phrases have basically the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. “To keep” his statutes means to obey them. Alternate translation: “obey his laws and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -PSA 106 intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 106 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s sin
Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +PSA 106 intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 16 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s sin
Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) PSA 106 1 m751 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 106 1 n4rk figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “for he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 106 2 mp3f figs-rquestion 0 Who can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh … deeds? The author asks this question to praise God and does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh … deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -4017,7 +4017,7 @@ PSA 106 47 p7rh 0 General Information: Here 106:48 is more than the end of thi PSA 106 47 n47s figs-metonymy 0 to your holy name Here Yahweh is referred to by his “holy name.” Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 106 48 qmx9 figs-activepassive 0 May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 106 48 qzy4 figs-merism 0 from everlasting to everlasting This refers to two extremes and means for all time. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md). Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -PSA 107 intro j88n 0 # Psalm 107 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103-107).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) +PSA 107 intro j88n 0 # Psalm 17 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103-107).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) PSA 107 1 h2en writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 107 1 he6p figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 107 2 p5ij figs-nominaladj 0 the redeemed of Yahweh “The redeemed” refers to the people whom Yahweh has saved. Alternate translation: “those whom Yahweh has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -4094,7 +4094,7 @@ PSA 107 42 pa98 figs-metonymy 0 all wickedness Here wicked people are referred PSA 107 42 s6wb figs-idiom 0 shuts its mouth This means to not say anything in response. Alternate translation: “has nothing to say against Yahweh in reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 107 43 fk8h figs-idiom 0 take note of these things This means to think about these things. Alternate translation: “think about these things” or “remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 107 43 u9kq figs-abstractnouns 0 meditate on Yahweh’s acts of covenant faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “meditate on the things that Yahweh has done that show that he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 108 intro vpj5 0 # Psalm 108 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 108 is a psalm of war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory
God promised success to the psalmist, but Yahweh failed to help him conquer the country of Edom. He needed God to give him victory over Edom. +PSA 108 intro vpj5 0 # Psalm 18 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 108 is a psalm of war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory
God promised success to the psalmist, but Yahweh failed to help him conquer the country of Edom. He needed God to give him victory over Edom. PSA 108 1 lxd7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 108 1 c1mr figs-synecdoche 0 My heart is fixed, God Here David is referring to himself by his heart. Also, the word “fixed” means to trust completely. Alternate translation: “My heart is fixed on you, God” or “I am trusting completely in you, God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 108 1 tuz7 figs-synecdoche 0 I will sing praises also with my honored heart Here David is represented by his “heart.” David refers to himself as having the honor of praising God. Alternate translation: “You honor me by allowing me to sing praises to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -4127,7 +4127,7 @@ PSA 108 12 va87 0 is futile “is worthless” PSA 108 13 vs71 0 General Information: This verse is the same as [Psalms 60:12](../060/012.md). PSA 108 13 wk3a 0 will triumph “will defeat our enemies” PSA 108 13 a18r figs-metaphor 0 he will trample down our enemies The psalmist speaks of God helping their army defeat their enemies as if God were to trample down the enemies. Alternate translation: “he will enable us to trample down our enemies” or “he will make us able to defeat our enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 109 intro r1w7 0 # Psalm 109 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 109 is a psalm of vengeance against an enemy who has lied about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies destroyed
This enemy lied about the psalmist. So he asked God to completely destroy his enemy and his enemy’s family. +PSA 109 intro r1w7 0 # Psalm 19 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 109 is a psalm of vengeance against an enemy who has lied about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies destroyed
This enemy lied about the psalmist. So he asked God to completely destroy his enemy and his enemy’s family. PSA 109 1 w5rb writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 109 1 ka6w 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 109 2 tj2t figs-nominaladj 0 For the wicked and deceitful The words “wicked” and “deceitful” refer to people. They have similar meanings and emphasize how bad these people are. Alternate translation: “For wicked and deceitful men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) diff --git a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv index 298f1ece4..4cf5bd8d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Proverbs

1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)
1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)
1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)
1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)
1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)
1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)
1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)
1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)
1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)

### What is the book of Proverbs about?

A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.

The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.

### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?

Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?

“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What form do the individual proverbs have?

Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

### How should personification be represented in translation?

In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight “to help you understand wise teachings” @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them The abstract noun “indifference” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something -PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. +PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words “if you listen to what I am teaching you” PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way … follow the paths A p PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ PRO 3 33 q866 figs-metonymy 0 he blesses the home of righteous people The word PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children. PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention “listen carefully” PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding” @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path “a smooth path” or “an even path” PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children. PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md). @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ PRO 5 22 u9ya figs-personification 0 A wicked person will be seized by his own PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness “because he is very foolish” -PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])

### Numbers

Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals used as types

The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])

### Numbers

Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals used as types

The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan This could mean: (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot. PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.” @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ PRO 6 34 tk3n 0 takes his revenge If a person takes revenge, it is to cause hu PRO 6 35 b2ym 0 compensation payment by one who does wrong to the person to whom he has done wrong PRO 6 35 fly2 figs-activepassive 0 he cannot be bought off This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you cannot pay him enough money to change his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 6 35 pc8x 0 off, though “off. This will be true even if” -PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.

### My Son

Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. +PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.

### My Son

Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. PRO 7 1 at6w figs-metaphor 0 keep my words Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 7 1 k635 figs-metaphor 0 store up my commands within yourself Here God’s commands are spoken of as if they were objects that someone could put into a storeroom. Alternate translation: “memorize my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 7 2 a8m4 figs-metaphor 0 keep my instruction Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ PRO 7 26 xx9k figs-metonymy 0 She has caused many people to fall down pierced B PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol … they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead. PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol … down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ PRO 8 35 z6lm figs-personification 0 finds me This is still wisdom talking abou PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her. +PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her. PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv index 28a87e3fe..e62c93e12 100644 --- a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ECC front intro d82s 0 # Introduction to Ecclesiastes
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Ecclesiastes

1. The author questions the nature of life and the limits of human wisdom (1:1–6:12)
1. The author teaches about making wise choices in how one lives (7:1–12:7)
1. The conclusion and ending (12:8–14)

### What is the Book of Ecclesiastes about?

Ecclesiastes is a group of short teachings that try to answer questions such as “What do people gain from all their labor?” Ecclesiastes is a series of thoughts about a variety of subjects, all of them about the purpose and worth of various actions and events. The author concludes that all the work we perform and all the knowledge and skill we gain is like a vapor that disappears, and that we must fear Yahweh and keep his commandments.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title for this book is “Ecclesiastes.” Its meaning is similar to “religious assembly.” Translators might decide on a title that better describes the content of the book, such as “Words of a Teacher” or “Teachings of a Wise Man.”

### Who wrote the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author appears to be Solomon, “the Teacher, the descendant of David and king in Jerusalem.” This is consistent with what Solomon was known for:
* his wisdom ([Ecclesiastes 1:16](../../ecc/01/16.md) and twenty-six other references to wisdom);
* his vast wealth ([Ecclesiastes 2:8](../../ecc/02/08.md)), and the pain that comes from wealth ([Ecclesiastes 5:13-14](../05/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); and [Ecclesiastes 9:11](../../ecc/09/11.md));
* his large number of servants ([Ecclesiastes 2:7](../../ecc/02/07.md) and [Ecclesiastes 10:7](../../ecc/10/07.md));
* his limitless opportunities for worldly pleasures ([Ecclesiastes 2:1-2](../02/01.md), [Ecclesiastes 10](../02/09.md); [Ecclesiastes 3:13](../../ecc/03/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); [Ecclesiastes 5:4](../../ecc/05/04.md); and [Ecclesiastes 12:1](../../ecc/12/01.md)); and
* the wide range of his many building projects ([Ecclesiastes 2:4-6](../02/04.md)).

Solomon appears to have written the Book of Ecclesiastes near the end of his life, as he reflected on what he gained from all that he did.

### Why are there so many apparent contradictions in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

Some scholars think the author was a faithful man. Other scholars think that the author made bad decisions and was sorrowful when he wrote this book. Apparent contradictions in the book may indicate that Solomon’s faith was sometimes weak. Or, it is also possible that the teachings in the book differ from each other in order to relate to different things happening in the lives of readers.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does this book teach about how God repays people?

In the ancient Near East, people were concerned with why they were being punished or blessed. They often connected these things to their gods. The writer of Ecclesiastes explains that Yahweh will bless and reward people for the right things they do and punish people for the evil things they do. But this might not happen in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### What value did the Israelites place on the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The Israelites have often questioned the value of this book. This is due in large part to its unusual wording and teachings. At times, it appears to disagree with the rest of Scripture. While many have questioned its authority, it has been affirmed to be Scripture. It gives valuable lessons concerning the uselessness of pursuing any goal other than to give Yahweh glory.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of “under the sun?”

“Under the sun” here is another way of saying “on the earth.” When the author says that there is “nothing new under the sun,” this means that every kind of thing has already happened before on the earth. While a particular event may not have specifically occurred before, something similar has already occurred.

### How do I translate harsh or shocking passages?

Parts of the Book of Ecclesiastes can be shocking or surprising to read in Scripture. For example, “If a man fathers a hundred children and lives many years, so that the days of his years are many, but if his heart is not satisfied with good and he is not buried with honor, then I say that a baby that is born dead is better off than he is” (6:3). The translator should allow these difficulties to remain and not try to make them less surprising.

### How is life described in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author of Ecclesiastes concludes that everything in this life quickly passes away, like a vapor that disappears. A person’s circumstances or character and even all of the things of this world have little or no significance apart from God. That is because God gives meaning to everything.

At the end of their life, people often say that the years of their life seemed short. The author of Ecclesiastes used the metaphor of vapor or breath to describe how life ends while it seems to be just beginning. -ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tone
The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tone
The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 1 2 x2dt figs-simile 0 Like a vapor of mist, like a breeze in the wind, everything vanishes This speaks of how everything in life vanishes and has no lasting value as if everything were like a disappearing vapor or breeze. Alternate translation: “Like a vapor of mist vanishes and like a breeze in the wind disappears, everything vanishes and has no lasting value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ECC 1 3 bsv3 figs-rquestion 0 What profit does mankind gain … under the sun? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that man’s work is pointless and has no lasting benefit. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Mankind gains no profit … under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 1 3 r9j3 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ECC 1 16 mnf4 0 My mind has seen Here the author refers to himself by his “m ECC 1 17 ewq3 figs-synecdoche 0 I applied my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I determined” or “I applied myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 1 17 bp2y figs-doublet 0 madness and folly The words “madness” and “folly” share similar meanings and refer to foolish thinking and behavior, respectively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ECC 1 17 msw2 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author says learning wisdom and madness and folly is as useless as trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pleasures
When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Assumed knowledge
It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pleasures
When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Assumed knowledge
It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 2 1 dd5v figs-synecdoche 0 I said in my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I said to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 2 1 shl4 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will test you with happiness Here the word “you” refers to himself. The word “happiness” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will test myself with things that make me happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ECC 2 1 c2cn figs-abstractnouns 0 So enjoy pleasure The word “pleasure” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “So I will enjoy things that please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ECC 2 26 s16q 0 so that he may give it away to someone who pleases God Possibl ECC 2 26 fs9n figs-parallelism 0 vapor … an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 2 26 v8zn figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of useless and meaningless things as if they were “vapor.” See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 2 26 e7hm figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Parallelism
The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose. +ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Parallelism
The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose. ECC 3 1 q8gz figs-merism 0 General Information: The writer uses merisms to describe various aspects of life from one extreme to the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ECC 3 1 hn82 figs-parallelism 0 For everything there is an appointed time, and a season for every purpose These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 3 1 s8am figs-idiom 0 under heaven This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ ECC 3 20 d4km 0 dust soil ECC 3 21 h8x9 figs-rquestion 0 Who knows whether the spirit … into the earth? The author asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one truly knows what happens after people and animals die. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one knows whether the spirit … into the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 3 22 h5jm 0 there is nothing better for anyone than to See how you translated this phrase in [Ecclesiastes 3:12](../03/12.md). ECC 3 22 lqg2 figs-rquestion 0 Who can bring him back to see what happens after him? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one will see what happens after he dies. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one of us knows what happens to us after we die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ECC 4 1 cuy2 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 4 1 ys32 0 behold, the tears “I looked and I saw” ECC 4 1 zp3i figs-metonymy 0 the tears of oppressed people Here “tears” represent weeping. Alternate translation: “the oppressed people were weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ ECC 4 16 rru3 figs-hyperbole 0 There is no end to all the people This is an exa ECC 4 16 xk33 figs-parallelism 0 vapor … an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 4 16 xp58 figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of things as being useless and meaningless as if they were vapor. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 4 16 l1y1 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Materialism
The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things. +ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Materialism
The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things. ECC 5 1 h4uf figs-metonymy 0 Guard your steps Here “steps” are a metonym for a person’s conduct. Alternate translation: “Be careful how you conduct yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 5 2 k5is figs-parallelism 0 Do not be too quick … do not let your heart be too quick These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that you should think first before you speak to God about a matter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 5 2 s9ue 0 to speak with your mouth Here the phrase “with your mouth” emphasizes and describes a person speaking. Alternate translation: “to speak” @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ ECC 5 19 b3ld 0 to receive his share “to accept what he is given” ECC 5 20 iz9m figs-idiom 0 he does not call to mind Here the word “he” refers to the person to whom God has given a gift. The phrase “call to mind” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he does not remember” or “he does not think about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 5 20 qr1s figs-idiom 0 the days of his life This refers to the things that happened during his lifetime. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the things that have happened during his lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 5 20 n32s 0 keep busy “stay busy” -ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satisfaction
While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satisfaction
While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 6 1 fyq4 figs-metaphor 0 it weighs heavy on men Here evil is spoken of as something that is a heavy load to carry. Alternate translation: “it causes hardship for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 6 2 jzl7 figs-doublet 0 riches, wealth These two words mean basically the same thing. They refer to money and the things that a person can buy with money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ECC 6 2 n75e figs-doublenegatives 0 he lacks nothing This is a double negative. Alternate translation: “he has everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ ECC 6 12 jj23 figs-simile 0 in his life during his futile, numbered days throug ECC 6 12 ka2l figs-rquestion 0 Who can tell a man … after he passes? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one knows what will happen after a person dies. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can tell a man … after he passes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 6 12 pjl3 figs-idiom 0 what will come under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated “under the sun” in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “what will happen on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 6 12 k2ab figs-euphemism 0 after he passes This is a polite expression for death. Alternate translation: “after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” +ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” ECC 7 1 fq9e figs-metonymy 0 A good name Here a person’s “name” is used to represent their reputation. Alternate translation: “A good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 7 2 y1yx figs-idiom 0 must take this to heart This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “must think seriously about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 7 3 g9c7 figs-idiom 0 sadness of face This refers to being sad. Alternate translation: “an experience that makes a person sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ ECC 7 28 twu8 translate-numbers 0 one righteous man among a thousand “1 right ECC 7 28 xkw3 0 a woman among all those There were no righteous women found in a group of 1,000 people. ECC 7 29 dra3 0 they have gone away looking for many difficulties This could mean: (1) “they have made many sinful plans” or (2) “they have made their own lives difficult.” ECC 7 29 e78n figs-metaphor 0 they have gone away Here the word “they” refers to “humanity.” This speaks of humanity changing from being upright to not being upright as if they were going from one place to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) ECC 8 1 sfc8 0 Who is a wise man? Who knows what the events in life mean? The writer asks these as leading questions to provide the answer in what he says next. ECC 8 1 v1sf figs-idiom 0 causes his face to shine This means that the person’s face will show that he has wisdom. Alternate translation: “shows on his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 8 1 e5zq figs-idiom 0 the hardness of his face This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “his harsh appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ ECC 8 16 d9sa figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done on the earth This can ECC 8 16 ct32 figs-synecdoche 0 without sleep for the eyes Here a person is represented by his “eyes.” Alternate translation: “without sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 8 17 vk1q figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done under the sun This could mean: (1) “the work that God does under the sun” or (2) “the work that God allows people to do under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ECC 8 17 gl2w figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment
This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment
This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) ECC 9 1 hpl4 0 I thought about all this in my mind “I thought very deeply about all this” ECC 9 1 dt8e 0 They are all in God’s hands Here the word “they” refers to “the righteous and wise people” as well as “their deeds.” ECC 9 1 l7sr figs-metonymy 0 in God’s hands Here the word “hands” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “under God’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) diff --git a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv index 9cd42d4e8..4f3dbd03f 100644 --- a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Song of Songs

1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)
1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)
1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)
1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)
1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)

### What is the Song of Songs about?

The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.

### Who wrote the Song of Songs?

The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?

The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?

The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.

Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.

### What are the lines about people speaking?

The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.

Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.

### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?

Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?

There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Love and affection
This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. +SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Love and affection
This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song” SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.” @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials. SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Euphemisms
It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Euphemisms
It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md). SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains” -SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Longing
This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Longing
This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there” SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city “walk through the city” @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion “you young women who live in Zion” SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling. SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown “wearing the crown” SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. +SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md). @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance “may send out their good smells SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit “wonderful fruit” -SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. +SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking. SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely “every part of him is lovely” or SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like” SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here. SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone “Which way did your beloved go” SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love” @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies “as if she were dancing between two armies” -SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes
There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes
There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions. SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.” @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit” SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you “saved so I can give to you” SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” -SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Passion
The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. +SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Passion
The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside “you in public” diff --git a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv index 5ed2135b4..c45b21945 100644 --- a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ISA front intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Isaiah

1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)
1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)
1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)
1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)
1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)
1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)
1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)
1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)
1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)
1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)
1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)
1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)


### What is the Book of Isaiah about?

The first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1-39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36-39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.

The second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40-66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### When was the Book of Isaiah written?

Isaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36-39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?

Jews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1-7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40-66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.

### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?

Isaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?

Most of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.

Sometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.

Isaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-9; and 52:13-53:12. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) -ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 1 1 qur5 0 The vision of Isaiah … that he saw “This is the vision of Isaiah … that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah” ISA 1 1 zfq5 translate-names 0 Amoz Amoz was the father of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 1 1 i66y figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Israel. “Jerusalem” was its most important city. The names of the places represent the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” or “the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ ISA 1 31 sh9k figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks Yahweh’s ISA 1 31 mly5 0 The strong man “The strong person” or “Whoever is powerful.” This may refer to people who are important and who influence other people. ISA 1 31 lq77 0 tinder dry material that burns easily ISA 1 31 a5w2 figs-simile 0 his work like a spark This compares the person’s deeds or evil works to a spark that falls on tinder and sets it on fire. Alternate translation: “his work will be like a spark that starts a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Latter days
This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Idolatry
While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Latter days
This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Idolatry
While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) ISA 2 1 tt88 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 2 1 p86l figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” and “Jerusalem” are metonyms for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 2 2 dw9n 0 in the last days “in the future” @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ ISA 2 21 nz4j 0 when he rises to terrify the earth “when Yahweh takes action ISA 2 22 c4s2 figs-explicit 0 whose life-breath is in his nostrils This describes how man is human and weak by emphasizing that he needs to breath to live. Alternate translation: “who is weak and will die” or “who needs the breath in his nose to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 2 22 thr5 0 nostrils the holes in the nose through which people breathe ISA 2 22 hw38 figs-rquestion 0 for what does he amount to? Isaiah uses a question to remind the people of something they should already know. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “for man amounts to nothing!” or “for man is not worth anything!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

### Judgment
This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

### Judgment
This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) ISA 3 1 li2r 0 See The word “see” here adds emphasis to what follows. It can also be translated as “Listen” or “Indeed.” ISA 3 1 b6ce figs-metaphor 0 support and staff Both of these words refer to a walking stick, on which someone leans for support. This idea here stands for the things that people need the most in order to live: food and water. Alternate translation: “everything that supports you” or “everything that you depend on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 3 2 c9rl figs-genericnoun 0 the mighty man … the warrior … the judge … the prophet … the one who practices divination … the elder This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the mighty men … the warriors … the judges … the prophets … the ones who practices divination … the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ ISA 3 24 c3sv 0 well-arranged hair, baldness “pretty hair, their heads will ISA 3 25 ng43 figs-metonymy 0 Your men will fall by the sword, and your strong men will fall in war Falling represents being killed, and the sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “Your men will be killed in battle, and your strong men will be killed in war” or “Enemies will kill your soldiers in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 3 26 kz3l figs-metonymy 0 Jerusalem’s gates will lament and mourn Here the city gates represent the people who sit at the public places near the city gates. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem will sit at the city gates and cry and mourn” (See:- [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 3 26 qeu2 figs-personification 0 she will be alone and sit upon the ground Isaiah speaks of the people of Jerusalem, whom no one will save from their enemies, as if they were the city itself and as if they were a woman who sits on the ground because all her friends have deserted her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### More women than men
This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Branch of Yahweh
Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### More women than men
This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Branch of Yahweh
Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) ISA 4 1 ke3e figs-idiom 0 let us take your name This phrase means “let us marry you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 4 2 ki64 figs-synecdoche 0 the branch of Yahweh will be beautiful This could mean: (1) “branch” is a synecdoche that represents the crops Yahweh will cause to grow in the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause the crops in Israel to be beautiful” or (2) “branch” is a metaphor that refers to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 4 2 egm3 0 will be beautiful and glorious “will be full of beauty and glory” @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ ISA 4 4 l3vm 0 spirit of judgment This could mean: (1) Yahweh will punish the ISA 4 4 si1b figs-metaphor 0 the spirit of flaming fire This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 4 5 yk4j 0 a canopy over all the glory This could mean: (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it. ISA 4 5 h7ct 0 canopy This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton. -ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. +ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. ISA 5 1 wd3z figs-parables 0 General Information: Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) ISA 5 1 csd3 0 my well beloved “my dear friend” ISA 5 1 y5t9 0 on a very fertile hill “on a hill where very good crops could grow” @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ ISA 5 29 kw8f 0 prey animals that another animal wants to catch and kill ISA 5 29 ixb3 0 with none to rescue “and no one will be able to save them” ISA 5 30 x52f 0 will roar … sea roars The word “roar” here is translated “growl” in verse 29. Use your language’s word for the sound of waves in a storm or heavy rain or some other frightening natural sound. ISA 5 30 rw65 figs-metaphor 0 even the light will be made dark by the clouds Here darkness represents suffering and disaster. This metaphor can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the dark clouds will completely block the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heaven
This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inevitability
The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heaven
This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inevitability
The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) ISA 6 1 fpg5 figs-doublet 0 he was high and elevated The words “high” and “elevated” emphasize that the throne was very high and above everything around it. The height of the throne represents how great and powerful the Lord is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 6 1 s9gi 0 filled the temple “filled the palace.” The word used for temple here is often used to refer to the palace of kings. ISA 6 2 rmg2 0 Above him were the seraphim The word “seraphim” is the plural of seraph. This means the Lord was seated on the throne and the seraphim were standing or flying near the Lord ready to serve him. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ ISA 6 13 r74f figs-simile 0 as a terebinth or an oak is cut down and whose trun ISA 6 13 h3vb translate-unknown 0 terebinth a kind of oak tree (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ISA 6 13 tbt2 0 trunk … stump A trunk is the thick main stem of a tree. A stump is the part of a tree that remains in the ground after the tree is cut down. ISA 6 13 p9id figs-metaphor 0 the holy seed The people who will serve Yahweh after armies destroy Israel are spoken of as if they were set apart as a holy seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe. +ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe. ISA 7 1 u9lp figs-idiom 0 During the days of Ahaz … king of Judah “When Ahaz … was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 7 1 e4tt translate-names 0 Rezin … Pekah … Remaliah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 7 1 vuv8 figs-synecdoche 0 Rezin … and Pekah … went up The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin … and Pekah … led their armies up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ ISA 7 23 y1fr translate-numbers 0 a thousand silver shekels “1000 silver shek ISA 7 23 hu8n figs-doublet 0 briers and thorns The words “briers” and “thorns” both refer to useless, thorny plants. It is not necessary to translate both words. Alternate translation: “thorn bushes” or “brier bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 7 24 sr7t figs-explicit 0 because all the land will be briers and thorns Why the hunters come to these lands can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because there will be nothing in these lands but briers, thorns, and wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 7 25 azm2 figs-activepassive 0 They will stay away from all the hills that were cultivated with the hoe This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will stay away from the hills where they once prepared the soil to plant crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 8 1 kzi2 0 Yahweh said to me Here the word “me” refers to Isaiah. ISA 8 2 x1fq 0 I will summon faithful witnesses to attest for me This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking: “I will call honest men to be witnesses” or (2) Isaiah is speaking: “I called honest men to be witnesses” or (3) Yahweh is commanding Isaiah: “Call honest men to be witnesses.” ISA 8 3 j2ld figs-euphemism 0 I went to the prophetess It can be stated explicitly that Isaiah is married to the prophetess. Alternate translation: “I slept with my wife, the prophetess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ ISA 8 20 i61u 0 If they do not say such things “If they do not speak of the ISA 8 20 vr4u figs-metaphor 0 it is because they have no light of dawn Isaiah speaks of people who do not know God as if they were people walking in darkness without any light. Alternate translation: “it is because they are like a person lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 8 22 d61f 0 oppressive gloom “terrible sadness” ISA 8 22 c4e1 figs-activepassive 0 They will be driven into a land of darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will drive them out into complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Fulfillment of prophecies
Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment. +ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Fulfillment of prophecies
Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment. ISA 9 1 c7zh figs-metaphor 0 The gloom will be dispelled from her who was in anguish Isaiah speaks of people who are spiritually lost as if they were walking around in total darkness. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the darkness from her who was in anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 9 1 c8yr 0 The gloom This word means “partial or total darkness.” Translate as you translated “gloom” in [Isaiah 8:22](../08/22.md). ISA 9 1 q9g1 figs-metaphor 0 her who was in anguish “her who was suffering great pain and sadness.” This is probably a metaphor for the people of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv index 424f15c71..c915f4573 100644 --- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv +++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah

1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)
- Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)
- Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)
- Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)
- Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)
1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)
- Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)
- Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)
- The people will come back (32:1–44)
- Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)
1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)
- Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)
- While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)
- After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)
- Egypt (46:1–28)
- Philistia (47:1–28)
- Moab (48:1–47)
- Ammon (49:1–6)
- Edom (49:7–22)
- Damascus (49:23–27)
- Kedar (49:28–33)
- Elam (49:34–39)
- Babylonia (50:1–51:64)
1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)

### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?

The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.

Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.

King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.

Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?

Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?

Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.

### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?

Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.” -JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah appointed as prophet

God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Northern kingdom
This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.

### Opposition
The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah appointed as prophet

God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Northern kingdom
This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.

### Opposition
The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests” JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JER 1 18 l1sl figs-metaphor 0 iron … bronze These were the strongest material JER 1 18 u7cf figs-metonymy 0 the whole land This represents all the people of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 1 19 zp53 0 They will fight against you This refers to the people of Judah. JER 1 19 c3xx figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people refuse to learn

The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people refuse to learn

The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 2 1 n8ww figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 2 2 g2d8 0 Go and proclaim in the hearing of Jerusalem “Go and speak where the people in Jerusalem can hear you” JER 2 2 mz95 0 I have called to mind on your behalf “I remember about you” @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there “You will go out from Egypt” JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah told to repent

If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Adultery
Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah told to repent

If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Adultery
Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) JER 3 1 hll9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. This is part of the prophecy that he starts revealing to Jeremiah in [Jeremiah 2:1](../02/01.md). JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ JER 3 25 qy9p figs-parallelism 0 Let us lie down in shame. May our shame cover JER 3 25 ny7e figs-metaphor 0 May our shame cover us Being fully aware of their shame is spoken of as if shame were covering them like a blanket or a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 3 25 x6vr figs-metaphor 0 from the time of our youthfulness This could mean: (1) “the time of our youthfulness” refers to when each person was young. Alternate translation: “from when we were young” or (2) “the time of our youthfulness” is a metaphor that refers to when Israel was first becoming a nation. Alternate translation: “from when we were first becoming a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 3 25 u638 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to the voice of Yahweh our God Here “listened” represents obeying, and “the voice of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh has said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what Yahweh our God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s punishment
This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) +JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s punishment
This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) JER 4 1 nmt1 figs-metonymy 0 then it should be to me that you return This could mean: (1) this is a command that emphasizes who they should return to. Alternate translation: “then come back to me” or “then worship me” (2) this is a repetition of the first phrase, which expresses a condition. Alternate translation: “if you will come back to me” or “if you will start worshiping me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 4 1 q5zm figs-metonymy 0 If you remove your detestable things from before me Here “detestable things” refers to idols, which God hates. Alternate translation: “If you remove your disgusting idols from my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 4 1 g7zg figs-metaphor 0 do not wander from me again Here “wander” is a metaphor for being unfaithful. Alternate translation: “if you remain faithful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me “I am in great danger” JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting “I am becoming weak” -JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets “Go quickly through the streets” JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this “look and find out” @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy” JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power This could mean: (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gods and battle
In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gods and battle
In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety … by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe … by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem … so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah “all you people of Judah” JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah. @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to “I will remove from” JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation The abstract noun “desolation” can be translated using the adjective “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole
The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole
The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah. JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah. JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials “its princes” or “its rulers” @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on “Harvest time is over” JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Funeral
This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.

### Circumcision
Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Funeral
This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.

### Circumcision
Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah. JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) diff --git a/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv b/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv index 0eba78404..27487e006 100644 --- a/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Lamentations

1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)
1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)
1. Third lament (3:1-66)
- The people grieve (3:1–20)
- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)
- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)
- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)
1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)
- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)
- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)
- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)
1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)

### What is the Book of Lamentations about?

The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.

The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?

The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did God abandon Israel?

The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.
He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.

While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### What is a funeral song?

People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What style of writing is Lamentations?

Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.

### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?

The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Judah destroyed for her sin

Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Judah destroyed for her sin

Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LAM 1 21 cir1 figs-explicit 0 now let them become like me This is a request for LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them. +LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them. LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. This could mean: (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ LAM 2 22 re1y figs-simile 0 as you would call the people to a feast day “as i LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Troubles

Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.

In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.

In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.

In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him. +LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Troubles

Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.

In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.

In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.

In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him. LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ LAM 3 64 h9mv figs-metaphor 0 Pay back to them, Yahweh, according to what they LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them The abstract noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]. LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ LAM 4 22 i7ub figs-personification 0 Daughter of Zion The people of Jerusalem a LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer” LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]. LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace “look at the shameful state we are in” diff --git a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv index c5eef58f9..da299274c 100644 --- a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Ezekiel

1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)
1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)
1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)
1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)
1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)
- A new shepherd (34:1–31)
- Edom destroyed (35:1–15)
- Israel restored (36:1–37:28)
- Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)
- Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)


### What is Ezekiel about?

The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?

Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was Ezekiel’s temple?

Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.

### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?

The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?

The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.

Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.

### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?

This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.” -EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Ezekiel’s call

Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Ezekiel’s call

Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 1 1 q33s 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ EZK 1 28 qe4p 0 rainbow the colorful strip of light that appears in the rain w EZK 1 28 eww3 figs-abstractnouns 0 It was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of Yahweh The abstract noun “likeness” means that what Ezekiel saw looked like the glory of Yahweh. Both “appearance” and “likeness” can be translated as with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “It appeared to be what looked like the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZK 1 28 x337 figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face “I bowed down to the ground” or “I lay on the ground.” Ezekiel did not fall by accident. He went down to the ground to show that he respected and feared Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 1 28 xf7s figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking The word “voice” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” or “Someone spoke, and I heard his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 2 1 k2gu 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw. EZK 2 1 jk2d 0 He said to me If your language has to identify the one speaking, it would be best to identify the speaker as the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). It was not “the Spirit.” EZK 2 1 djp4 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ EZK 2 9 h5d1 0 a written scroll “a scroll that had writing on it” EZK 2 10 mxi2 0 He spread it out The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). EZK 2 10 h57t figs-activepassive 0 it had been written on both its front and back This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on both its front and its back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 2 10 vh4l figs-abstractnouns 0 written on it were lamentations, mourning, and woe This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “lamentations,” “mourning,” and “woe.” Alternate translation: “someone had written on it that these people would lament, be sad the way they would be if someone they loved had died, and have bad things happen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]]) +EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]]) EZK 3 1 u74t 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw. EZK 3 1 brw3 0 He said to me The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). EZK 3 1 j5ix 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth “I will make you able to speak” EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen “the one who refuses to listen will not listen” EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md). -EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem. +EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem. EZK 4 1 r8ry 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. He tells Ezekiel to take a brick and dirt and pieces of wood and act as if he were Yahweh destroying the city of Jerusalem. EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away This could mean: (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war. +EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war. EZK 5 1 mvw5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. All instances of “the city” refer to the “city” that Ezekiel carved onto the brick ([Ezekiel 4:1](../04/01.md)). EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor “blade for cutting hair” @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ EZK 5 16 pk83 figs-metonymy 0 will send out harsh arrows of famine against you EZK 5 16 tq5n 0 increase the famine on you “make the famine more severe for you” or “make the famine last longer for you” or “make sure that there is less and less for you to eat” EZK 5 16 y84u figs-metaphor 0 break your staff of bread A “staff” was something that people leaned upon to support them. This phrase is a metaphor that means removing the supply of food that the people were depending upon. See how “staff of bread” is translated in [Ezekiel 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 5 17 k7kf figs-personification 0 Plague and blood will pass through you Sickness and violent death are spoken of as if they were soldiers going through the city killing everyone they could. Alternate translation: “Many people will die of disease, and many others will die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shrines on the hill tops

God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines. +EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shrines on the hill tops

God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines. EZK 6 1 ih46 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people so that the people of Israel would hear the words and know that Ezekiel’s words were for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) EZK 6 1 x3yv figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 6 2 hip9 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ EZK 6 13 rr6w 0 hill—on all the mountain peaks, and under every flourishing EZK 6 13 txr9 0 flourishing healthy and growing EZK 6 13 v2z8 0 oak a large tree with strong wood that provided shade for worshipers EZK 6 14 nw61 translate-names 0 Diblah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Now is the time for punishment

The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Now is the time for punishment

The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 7 1 y1pz 0 General Information: This starts God’s prophecy of judgment on Israel. EZK 7 1 kts6 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 7 2 q227 figs-123person 0 the Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ EZK 7 26 f4qm 0 the law will perish from the priest and advice from the elders EZK 7 27 t2rb 0 the prince This could mean: (1) “the king’s son” or (2) every male member of the royal family except the king. EZK 7 27 gux5 figs-idiom 0 will dress in despair This could mean: (1) clothing is a metonym for what a person feels, “will have no hope,” or (2) “will dress in clothes that show he is mourning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 7 27 zy7f figs-synecdoche 0 the hands of the people of the land will tremble in fear The word “hands” is a synecdoche for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the land will be so afraid that their hands will tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah’s sin

The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah’s sin

The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) EZK 8 1 vqq8 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about another vision he saw. EZK 8 1 b54y 0 So it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EZK 8 1 r44k translate-ordinal 0 in the sixth year You may need to make explicit the time period of which this is the sixth year. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ EZK 8 18 ivi2 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye will not have compassion The eye is a sy EZK 8 18 h7ic 0 I will not spare them “I will still punish them” EZK 8 18 ay27 0 Though they cry in my ears with a loud voice “Though they yell their prayers to me with a loud voice” EZK 8 18 d7vs 0 I will not hear them “I will not listen to them” -EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sorrow over sin

God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sorrow over sin

God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) EZK 9 1 q9n5 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision God gave him. It started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md). EZK 9 1 d5u4 0 he cried in my hearing “I heard him call out” EZK 9 1 jw3q 0 he cried the “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)) cried diff --git a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv index e3ec82c4c..972c89193 100644 --- a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Daniel

1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)
1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)
1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)
1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)
1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)
1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)
1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)
1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)
1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)
1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)

### What is the Book of Daniel about?

The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.

The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?

Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?

Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### When did the seventy weeks begin?

The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.

### Who was Darius the Mede?

Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How does Daniel use the word “king”?

Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.

### How many chapters does Daniel have?

Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them. -DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Training for government jobs

Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Food laws

The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Training for government jobs

Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Food laws

The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it “to stop the people from receiving any supplies” DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes 0 among the whole group there were none to compare w DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md). DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon” -DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s dream

Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### How Daniel knew the dream

Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men. +DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s dream

Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### How Daniel knew the dream

Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men. DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams” DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ DAN 2 47 ifr1 0 the one who reveals mysteries Translate “the one who reveals DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery “to reveal the mystery of my dream” DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler “The king made Daniel the ruler” DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md) -DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s new idol

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### The furnace

There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born. +DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s new idol

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### The furnace

There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born. DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy 0 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God “speaks words that do not respect the God” DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart “must have their bodies torn apart” DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this” -DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king becomes insane

The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him. +DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king becomes insane

The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him. DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor “my noblemen requested my help a DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The writing on the wall

God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. +DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The writing on the wall

God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of “he drank wine in the presence of” @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck This DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom “became the ruler of the kingdom” DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel and the lions

Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. +DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel and the lions

Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon. DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius “King Darius decided” DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed This can DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end “he will rule forever” DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel” DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius. -DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The four beasts

There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### The Son of Man

God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The four beasts

There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### The Son of Man

God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom “The kingdom of the Most High” DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end” DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision” DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance “my face became pale” -DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The vision of the ram and the male goat

Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The vision of the ram and the male goat

Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days” DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business “did the work that the king had assigned to me” DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision” -DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daniel told the future
Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26

This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. +DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daniel told the future
Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26

This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6. DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv index fdf157b2e..fe3498002 100644 --- a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Hosea

1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)
1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)
1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)
- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)
- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)
- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)
- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)
- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)
- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)
- Idolatry (13:1–8)
1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)
1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)

### What is the Book of Hosea about?

This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.

Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?

Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?

God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What is a lawsuit?

Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).

### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?

Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?

The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.

### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?

Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.

### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?

In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]]) -HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hosea’s marriage
God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel. +HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hosea’s marriage
God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel. HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah … Jotham … Ahaz … Hezekiah … Jeroboam … Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them This can be stated i HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity. HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea. HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ HOS 2 23 jl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will plant her for myself in the land When God HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman. HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HOS 3 5 klf5 0 seek Yahweh their God Here “seek” means they are asking God HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days “in the future” HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lawsuits

Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lawsuits

Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites. HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md). @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ HOS 4 17 y9hs 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel. HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh. HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel. HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people. HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Change in speaker
There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Change in speaker
There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent. HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security -HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Baking

Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel and Ephraim
This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. +HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Baking

Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel and Ephraim
This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ HOS 7 16 k39m 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt The abstract noun “mockery” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.
Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah. +HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.
Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah. HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom. HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians. -HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in speaker
In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. +HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in speaker
In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking. HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with. diff --git a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv index b951b9bb6..c19f69166 100644 --- a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joel

1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)
- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)
- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)
1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)
- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)
- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)
- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)
- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)

### What is the Book of Joel about?

The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).

The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.

Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Joel?

This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.

There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.

Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.

### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?

Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?

All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.

It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.

It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt JOL 1 18 w5nw 0 General Information: God continues to tell the priests how they should pray for Israel. JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams -JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts

This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Metaphor
The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts

This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Metaphor
The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOL 2 1 t9j9 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Joel continues poetry that began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming. JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠ JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster -JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. +JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel. JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention” JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) diff --git a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv index f27130d2b..8b1412d10 100644 --- a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Amos

1. Amos introduced (1:1)
1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)
- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)
- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)
- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)
1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)
1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)
1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)

### What is the Book of Amos about?

The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).

Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Amos?

The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How is justice described in Amos?

Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### What is a lawsuit?

Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Where do the various narratives begin and end?

The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs. -AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.

### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”
The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.

### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”
The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things “This is the message” @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms. AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity The abstract noun “captivity” can be translated as the verb “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day “at that time” AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. +AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message” AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family” AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repetition
This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repetition
This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains … reveals his thoug AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening” AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this. -AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Place Names
This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### City gate
The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Place Names
This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### City gate
The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ AMO 5 25 fma5 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth … Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.” -AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses. +AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses. AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them. AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look “listen” or “pay attention” AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season -AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reported speech
In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reported speech
In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this. AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md). AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest “after the king takes his share from the harvest” @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ AMO 7 16 dz72 figs-metonymy 0 do not speak against the house of Isaac Here “h AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and
how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”

This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and
how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”

This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!” AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit “ripe fruit” AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ AMO 8 14 sg5b figs-metonymy 0 by the sin of Samaria Here “sin” represents t AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do. AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do. AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision. AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops … Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands. AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv index 97a5abbd4..8d647532d 100644 --- a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv +++ b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Jonah

1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1-2:10)
* Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)
* Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)
* Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)
2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)
* Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)
* Nineveh repents. (3:5-9)
* Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)
* Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)
* Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)

### What is the Book of Jonah about?

Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.

Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?

Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.

Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the nation of Assyria?

During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.

Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.

### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?

Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) -JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracle

In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Situational irony

There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Sea

People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Implicit information

Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracle

In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole; he then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Situational irony

There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Sea

People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Implicit information

Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh” @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ JON 1 16 r3gs וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִר JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses. JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh appointed a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. In this context, the word **Now** is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JON 1 17 cjb6 figs-idiom שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sea

This chapter contains many terms from the sea.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Poetry

Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being so trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains” and in the “belly of Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Repentance

Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain whether he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid taking a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sea

This chapter contains many terms from the sea.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Poetry

Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being so trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains” and in the “belly of Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Repentance

Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain whether he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid taking a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Yahweh his God This means “Yahweh, the God he worshiped.” The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God. JON 2 2 al5b וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 And he said “Jonah said” JON 2 2 jdrc writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי 1 I cried out to Yahweh from my distress, and he answered me This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience and prayer in the belly of the fish. The poem does not give the exact words that Jonah prayed at the time because the poem was written later, describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer as if they had already happened in the past. This first line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer, or as being addressed to another person as an introduction to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “Salvation belongs to Yahweh!” in [2:9](../02/09/jdrh). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ JON 2 9 jdrh יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress…” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc). JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 onto the dry land “upon the ground” or “onto the shore” -JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Animals

According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Size of Nineveh

When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.

### God repenting or relenting

The last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.

Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Animals

According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Size of Nineveh

When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.

### God repenting or relenting

The last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.

Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city “Go to the large and important city of Nineveh” @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JON 3 10 w3uu וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil ways Here the author speaks of the people stopping their sinning as if they turned around from walking on a path toward evil and started walking in the opposite direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JON 3 10 ab85 וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה 1 And God relented in regard to the evil The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents of doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words. JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy not coming true

It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Jonah’s anger

When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.

### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Parallel to Mount Sinai

In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### God’s grace

When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) +JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy not coming true

It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Jonah’s anger

When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.

### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Parallel to Mount Sinai

In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### God’s grace

When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah, a great evil, and it burned to him. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JON 4 1 abc3 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it burned to him This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) diff --git a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv index fb8186433..3ef7ad299 100644 --- a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MIC front intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Micah

1. God promises to punish the northern and southern kingdoms (1:1–16)
1. Those who take advantage of others are guilty (2:1-3:12)
- Rich people who oppress poor people (2:1–11)
- Promise to be delivered and restored (2:12–13)
- Rulers, priests, and prophets condemned (3:1–12)
1. Yahweh’s victory for all Israel (4:1-5:15)
- Yahweh will rule over all the nations (4:1–10)
- Israel will be destroyed, then will be victorious over its enemies (4:11–13)
- Messiah will shepherd his flock and devastate the nations who fought against him (5:1–6)
- Messiah will destroy everything that harmed his people (5:7–15)
1. Yahweh’s case against Israel (6:1-16)
- Yahweh reminds Israel when he led them out of slavery in Egypt (6:1–5)
- Israel punished; true repentance (6:6–16)
1. Israel miserable and Israel restored (7:1-20)
- Israel broken and miserable (7:1–7)
- Israel will rise again (7:8–13)
- Yahweh restores and gives grace (7:14–20)

### What is the Book of Micah about?

This book contains many of Micah’s prophecies. Micah repeated many similar prophecies as found in Isaiah. Micah warned the kingdoms of Israel and Judah that the Assyrians would soon attack them. Micah condemned those who acted unjustly and immorally. He spoke against those who did not work for a living. He also spoke against the false prophets in Israel and Judah. These false prophets were telling the people that Yahweh would never let a foreign kingdom harm or conquer them.

Micah called the people to please Yahweh by living righteous and holy lives. However, the sinful way they lived and the unjust way they treated their fellow countrymen proved that they no longer wanted to obey and honor Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may decide to translate the traditional title “The Book of Micah” or just “Micah” in a way that is clearer to the readers. They may decide to call it “The Sayings of Micah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote Micah?

The prophet Micah probably wrote this book. Micah lived at the same time as Isaiah and Hosea. This was sometime between 750 and 700 B.C., during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. He began prophesying when he lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. Then he moved to the kingdom of Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is the deliverer Micah mentions?

Micah frequently mentioned a king who would deliver the people. It is clear that Micah meant the Messiah, the descendant of David who would rule forever, though he never referred to him as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### Were the Israelites required to offer sacrifices or live holy lives to please Yahweh?

Many of the Old Testament writers were concerned with offering sacrifices according to the law of Moses. However, Micah explained to the people that Yahweh was pleased only when they offered these sacrifices in faith. Without faith, the sacrifices had no meaning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Micah 1:10-16 sound unusual?

This passage sounds unusual because of how it is constructed in Hebrew. It includes what is called a play on words. The names of the cities were used to describe how they would be destroyed. For example, in Hebrew “Lachish” sounds like “to the chariots.” This is a poetic form that might not be the actual way they would be punished.

### What does a translator need to know before translating Micah?

Micah did not often explain how his prophecies were historically situated. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information unless they understand Micah’s time. It is therefore suggested that translators understand well the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### How do I translate passages where the speaker or addressee is not mentioned explicitly?

Micah did not usually say who was speaking or who was being addressed. Reading the verses before and after the quote will often help the reader to understand who is speaking or being addressed. It is acceptable to make this information explicit so the reader can more easily understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### How should the text of Micah be formatted?

The ULT uses a poetic language style like the Hebrew text. Many languages can do this but some languages will not be able to do this. The ULT also sets apart the poetic portions of the text by setting the poetic lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. With the exception of the first verse, the entire book is indented because the prophecies were written as a series of poems. -MIC 1 intro e47z 0 # Micah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Micah is written mainly in a poetic form. Most of the prophets wrote to either the Northern Kingdom or the Southern Kingdom. Micah wrote to both of them at times without clear distinction, as he did in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### City Names

This passage sounds unusual in English because of its construction in Hebrew. It contains several “puns” or “plays on words.” The names of the cities are used to describe their destruction. “Lachish will be lashed” is an example of this type of construction. This poetic element might metaphors describing the actual way they will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MIC 1 intro e47z 0 # Micah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Micah is written mainly in a poetic form. Most of the prophets wrote to either the Northern Kingdom or the Southern Kingdom. Micah wrote to both of them at times without clear distinction, as he did in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### City Names

This passage sounds unusual in English because of its construction in Hebrew. It contains several “puns” or “plays on words.” The names of the cities are used to describe their destruction. “Lachish will be lashed” is an example of this type of construction. This poetic element might metaphors describing the actual way they will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 1 1 bv15 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Micah to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MIC 1 1 c3k1 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to explain that a God gave a message to someone. Alternate translation: “the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MIC 1 1 ar46 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ MIC 1 15 vu14 translate-names 0 Mareshah You may want to make a footnote saying MIC 1 15 wh3u translate-names 0 Adullam This is the name of a royal city in Philistia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MIC 1 16 i5ub translate-symaction 0 Shave your head and cut off your hair Israelites who were mourning would shave bald spots on their heads. This could mean: (1) “Shave larger spots than usual on your heads” or (2) “Cut off all your hair and shave your heads,” stating the events in the order in which they were to occur. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MIC 1 16 nb8x 0 eagles This word can also be translated “vultures.” -MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Context
Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Context
Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MIC 2 1 c11k 0 General Information: Micah speaks against the leaders in Israel who are taking advantage of the poor and not following God’s commands. MIC 2 2 r4qb 0 They oppress a man “They oppress any man they choose to oppress.” This is a generalization. Micah is not speaking of one individual man here. MIC 2 3 r7sk 0 Look “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention” @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ MIC 2 11 mwp4 figs-you 0 he would be considered This can be translated in activ MIC 2 12 xls8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. At the end of this chapter, Yahweh shows himself to be a shepherd who protects his people. He may especially be addressing those in Jerusalem who have returned from Assyria. MIC 2 12 l2ie figs-you 0 all of you, Jacob Micah is speaking to some of the descendants of Jacob, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 2 13 wz2q 0 Someone who breaks open their way … Yahweh will be at their head. This is a picture of a king leading his people out of an enclosed city. -MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 3 1 lg8w 0 General Information: Chapter 3 focuses on the corrupt leaders in Israel. MIC 3 1 bi75 0 I said Here “I” refers to Micah. MIC 3 1 cd9l figs-rquestion 0 Is it not right for you to understand justice? Micah is scolding the leaders. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You act as though you think it is wrong for you to understand justice.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ MIC 3 12 r9xr 0 because of you Here “you” refers to the priests, prophets, MIC 3 12 aqg2 figs-metaphor 0 Zion will become a plowed field … and the hill of the temple will become a thicket “Zion” and “the hill of the temple” refer to the same place. When a farmer plows a field, he turns over all the dirt and uproots all the plants that are growing there. A thicket is so full of bushes that no one can use it for anything. These two metaphors cannot be literally true at the same time, but they emphasize that Yahweh will allow the invaders to completely destroy the temple area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 3 12 k2is 0 a plowed field “a field that a farmer has plowed” MIC 3 12 m86y 0 a thicket a place where many small woody plants grow -MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Remanant
Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) +MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Remanant
Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) MIC 4 1 rn5h figs-metaphor 0 the mountain … other mountains Yahweh making the temple mount higher than all other mountains and hills is a metaphor for making his temple the most important place on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 4 1 a15l figs-activepassive 0 the mountain of Yahweh’s house will be established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will establish the mountain on which his temple is built” or “Yahweh will make the mountain on which his temple is built great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MIC 4 1 pbd3 0 over the other mountains Mount Zion will be the most important of all the mountains. It might also mean that this mountain will become the highest in the world, and not only in the region where it is located. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ MIC 4 13 m3uk figs-metaphor 0 Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion, for I will ma MIC 4 13 tq8x figs-metaphor 0 I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze If your reader is not familiar with oxen or iron or bronze, you can remove the metaphor. Alternate translation: “for I will make you able to defeat and destroy every enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MIC 4 13 igd2 0 their unjust wealth “the wealth they got by acting unjustly” or “the things they stole from other people” MIC 4 13 c3rt figs-abstractnouns 0 their wealth The abstract noun “wealth” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the things that they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in Personal Pronouns
Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.” +MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in Personal Pronouns
Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.” MIC 5 1 f536 figs-metaphor 0 daughter of soldiers The people of a city are spoken of as if they were a woman. The soldiers are attacking the city. Alternate translation: “people of the city, whom soldiers are attacking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 5 1 yp7t figs-metonymy 0 With a rod they strike the judge of Israel on the cheek The rod is a metonym for a greater man punishing a lesser man with a rod. To strike a man on the cheek was to insult him more than to harm him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish the judge of Israel by having the invaders insult the judge of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 5 1 hz1y figs-irony 0 the judge of Israel This irony describes the king as having lost so much of his power and authority that he is really only a judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ MIC 5 13 udr6 figs-you 0 your carved … your stone … among you. You will … MIC 5 13 s47c figs-abstractnouns 0 the workmanship of your hands The abstract noun “workmanship” can be translated using the verb “make.” Alternate translation: “what your hands have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MIC 5 14 dd8m figs-you 0 your Asherah … among you … your cities Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 5 14 p6df figs-metaphor 0 will uproot your Asherah poles Yahweh speaks of Asherah poles as if they were trees that he would pull out of the ground. Alternate translation: “will pull your Asherah poles out of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Names in Lawsuit
Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Names in Lawsuit
Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) MIC 6 1 wer4 figs-apostrophe 0 Now listen Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to mountains that can hear him, so both instances of “listen” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MIC 6 1 sz7c figs-you 0 Arise … state Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one man, so the commands and the word “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 6 1 zxw4 figs-personification 0 Arise and state your case before the mountains; let the hills hear your voice Yahweh speaks as if he is in court and the mountains and hills are the judges. He commands the people of Israel to tell the judges why they have done what they did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ MIC 6 16 n2j5 0 house of Ahab The word “house” is a metonym for the family MIC 6 16 em7h figs-metaphor 0 You walk by their advice Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “You do what Omri and Ahab told the people to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 6 16 s6wy figs-apostrophe 0 I will make you, city, a ruin, and you inhabitants an object of hissing Micah speaks to the people of the city, who can hear him, as if he were speaking to the city itself, which cannot hear him. You may need to make explicit the words that the ellipsis omits. Alternate translation: “I will make your city a ruin, and I will make you inhabitants an object of hissing” or “I will make you, city, a ruin, and I will cause everyone who sees you, inhabitants of the city, to hiss at you” or “I will make the city a ruin, and I will make people hiss at the inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MIC 6 16 q68q 0 you will bear the reproach of my people “you will suffer because my people will reproach you” -MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### Prophet
The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### Prophet
The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) MIC 7 1 wf5y figs-metaphor 0 I have become like the gathering of summer fruit, and like the grapes that have been gleaned Micah speaks of looking for faithful people but being unable to find any as if he were a person looking for food after the harvesters have taken it all. The idea of a person wanting to gather fruit can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I have become like someone looking for fruit after the gathering of summer fruit, like a gleaner after the grapes have been gleaned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MIC 7 1 jz29 figs-metaphor 0 no grape cluster … no ripe early fig Micah speaks of faithful, upright people as if they were fruit that is good to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 7 2 x5ss figs-hyperbole 0 The faithful ones have disappeared … land; there is no upright person … They all lie in wait … blood; each one hunts These are exaggerations. Alternate translation: “I feel as though faithful people have disappeared … land and there is no upright person … I feel as though they all lie in wait … blood, and each one hunts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) diff --git a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv index e7ab3c219..f70cd7dba 100644 --- a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Nahum

1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)
1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)

### What is the Book of Nahum about?

The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.

Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?

The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.

Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.

The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?

When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.

When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.

It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book. -NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. +NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person. NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. +NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you” @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I a NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Euphemism
This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Euphemism
This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) NAM 3 1 kar1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he continues to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) diff --git a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv index 30c27158d..07cfc2ed6 100644 --- a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Habakkuk

1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)
1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)
1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)
1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)
1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)

### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?

Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?

The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.

The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?

Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How do I identify the speaker?

Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?

In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.

### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?

Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him. -HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Injustice

Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Chaldeans
Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. +HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Injustice

Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Chaldeans
Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ HAB 1 16 ey7r figs-metaphor 0 he sacrifices … his net … his dragnet … he HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he … keep emptying his net … will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they … keep emptying their net … will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The righteous will live by his faith”
This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The righteous will live by his faith”
This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This could mean: (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me “to see what Yahweh will say to me” HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid “Look at it. You can see for yourself th HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poetry
Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) +HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poetry
Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.” HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv index 4f634a4d0..b9123ec98 100644 --- a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv +++ b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah

1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)
1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)
- Philistia (2:4–7)
- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)
- Egypt (2:12)
- Assyria (2:13–15)
1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)
1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)

### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?

Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?

Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?

Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### What country is coming to invade Judah?

Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation. -ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future. ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 2 1 w5gd 0 General Information: In 2:1-3, Yahweh continues to speak to Judah, and tells them to repent. ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror “a horrible place to see” ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh. -ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean” diff --git a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv index 6550da46c..e1e69913f 100644 --- a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Haggai

1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)
1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)
1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)
1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)

### What is the Book of Haggai about?

The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?

The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.

Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?

It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does “consider your ways” mean?

Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved. -HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Farming imagery
Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) +HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Farming imagery
Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Unclean
Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Unclean
Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) diff --git a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv index e18ef3345..981a9788b 100644 --- a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zechariah

1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)
1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)
- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)
- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)
- The measuring line (2:1–13)
- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)
- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)
- The flying scroll (5:1–4)
- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)
- Four chariots (6:1–8)
1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)
1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)
1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)
1. Final message (12:1-14:21)
- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)
- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)
- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)
- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)

### What is the Book of Zechariah about?

Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?

The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?

Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.

### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?

Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### What does the phrase “that day” mean?

Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) -ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Date
Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Date
Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ZEC 1 21 k412 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the horns that scattered Judah Th ZEC 1 21 zd7p figs-metaphor 0 so that no man would lift up his head The nations oppressing the people of Judah severely is spoken of as if no person in Judah was able to raise his head. Alternate translation: “and caused them to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 1 21 gm5d figs-metaphor 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn against the land of Judah Yahweh speaks of the nations using their military power to conquer Judah as if the nations had lifted up their horns. He speaks of these four craftsmen destroying the military power of these nations as if the craftsmen threw those horns to the ground. Alternate translation: “to destroy the power of the nations who used their military might against the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 1 21 q7u9 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn “to cast down the horns that the nations had lifted up” -ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions

This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”
This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.” +ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions

This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”
This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.” ZEC 2 1 u35h figs-synecdoche 0 I lifted up my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “I looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 2 1 dn7b 0 measuring line a rope with a certain length that a person would use to measure buildings or large sections of land ZEC 2 2 eb3u 0 So he said to me “So the man with the measuring line said to me” @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Difficult concepts in this chapter

### Visions
It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The high priest

This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) +ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Difficult concepts in this chapter

### Visions
It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The high priest

This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest. ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin” ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave “carve” ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. +ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ ZEC 4 13 anh7 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know what these are? The angel asks t ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]]) +ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]]) ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah. ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket. -ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crown
The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Meaning of the visions
The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crown
The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Meaning of the visions
The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains” ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. +ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ZEC 7 12 z4q7 figs-metonymy 0 by the mouth of the prophets Here the “mouth of ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land “pleasant land” or “fruitful land” -ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]]) +ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]]) ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion “I have a strong desire to protect Zion” ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you “God is with you people” -ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies against other nations
The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies against other nations
The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning “This is Yahweh’s message about” ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today. diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index b7c71f648..99adcce5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Malachi

1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)
1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)
1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)
1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)
1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)
1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)
1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)
1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)

### What is the Book of Malachi about?

The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?

The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?

Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh of hosts
This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh of hosts
This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi This can be expressed as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi” MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness
Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness
Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name The abstract noun “honor” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly -MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2. MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine “They will be my people” MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between “see a difference between” or “treat differently” -MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).